Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links
Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword Decelerating Strategies 318 Results
1. Everly, G. S. Jr., & Lating, J. M. (2002). A clinical guide to the treatment of the human stress response, 2nd ed. Springer Publishing Company.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This updated edition of A Clinical Guide to the Treatment of the Human Stress Response reflects the dramatic changes in this field over the past decade. This edition covers a range of new topics, including stress and the immune system, post-traumatic stress and crisis intervention, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Critical Incident Stress Debriefing (CISD), Crisis Management Briefings in response to mass disasters and terrorism, Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM), spirituality and religion as stress management tools, dietary factors and stress, and updated information on psychopharmacologic intervention in the human stress response. As with the previous edition, this volume is designed as a comprehensive and accessible guide to both the clinically relevant physiology and treatment of the human stress response. Discussion of treatment protocols, using selected behavioral treatment strategies, is purposefully brief and clinically targeted. Supplemental information for practitioners includes a flow chart on the nature of stress physiology, a relaxation report form, specific protocols for teaching the relaxation response, a self-report checklist designed for health education purposes, and over 700 references. [Springer]
Springer Series on Stress and Coping
Keywords: Human Stress Response
Accuracy Verified: Yes
2. Grenough, M. (2007, September). 4 brief strategies to calm, relax, and re-wire the brain. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Looking for calm in the chaos – for you and your clients? Examine findings of recent research regarding the brain’s neuroplasticity and our ability to re-wire our own brains. Learn four 60-second strategies that can calm, relax, heighten sense of personal control, diminish power of old patterns, and strengthen healthy neural pathways. Understand, and be able to explain to clients, how research testifies to the efficacy of these simple strategies and how their implementation can be useful in EMDR treatment. In this highly experiential workshop, you will learn four strategies and explore how/when to use each with your clients – and with yourself.
Keywords: Relaxation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. Koshal, A. (2010, June). The 4-fields-technic in the traumatherapy of complex traumatized and drug-addicted people (in methadone-treatment). In Addictions. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Nowadays several international studies demonstrate
that the problem of drug-addiction is very often found in combination
with complex traumatization in early childhood and
youth. (Felitti. 2903; Kufner et al. 2000; Langeland et al. 2006;
Schmidt, 2000 etc.)
As we all know PTSD and the other trauma symptoms cause a
lot of psychophysical dysregulation. So the psychiatrist Khantrian
postulated already 1985 the "self-medication hypothesis of addictive disorders". Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, called
this assumed combination of trauma-consequences and drug-addiction,
"compensatory strategies aimed at self-regulation"
In many years of working with drug-addicted people it became
very obvious that a high percentage of this people are using drugs,
for example to calm down after being aggressive, may be caused by an argue: or to reduce strong inner tensions; to sleep without
nightmares, to alleviate the feeling of helplessness and fear etc.
Drugs and alcohol do reduce all the mentioned symptoms for
a while. To learn to cope in another, more adaptive way, the
addicted people need to learn alternatives strategies for a good
functioning self-regulation.
After stabilization, the trauma therapy can start, so the patient
can reduce some of the sources of psychophysiological dysregulation.
Even when the addicted people still get methadone psychotherapy
is possible. Practical experience over a long time.
started 1990, did show a lot of successful treatments and that
methadone does not interfere a traumatherapy.
The 4-Fields-Technic is a special method of EMDR that was
developed by Jarero et al. 1997 in Mexico after a hurricane
disaster. Dorothee Lansch modified the group method into a
therapy-setting for single persons.
For complex traumatized and drug-addicted people this technic
is very helpful. The focus is more easy to keep in mind, - in
front of the eyes. In the 4-Fields-Technic the patient focuses
on a self-painted picture, that represents the worst part of a
trauma experience.
The patient keeps his focus on this picture, combined with bilateral
stimulation, till he feels the picture should be changed.
And so the process is going on till finished.
The participant will be able to learn:
- about the correlation between complex trauma and drug-addiction
- that drug-addicted people who get methadone are able to do
trauma therapy
-the 4-Fieids-Technic as a method to create resources.
Psychotherapy and specially psychotraumatherapy with drug-addicted
people who are as well in a methadone-treatment is for
many therapists still controversial. This presentation will give you
an idea how good it can work, based on various case series.
Keywords: 4-Fields-Technic Complex Trauma Drug Addiciton Methodone Treatment Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. Koshal, A. (2012, June). The 4-fields-technique in the trauma therapy of complex traumatized and addicted patients [La técnica de 4-‐Campos en la terapia de trauma complejo y pacientes adictos, incluso en tratamiento de metadona]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This
workshop
will
employ
lecture
and
demonstration
of
several
case
studies.
The
4-‐Field-‐Technique
is
a
special
method
of
EMDR
that
was
developed
by
Jarero
et
al.
1997
in
Mexico.
For
complex
traumatized
and
drug
addicted
people
this
method
is
very
helpful.
The
risk
to
trigger
other
trauma
clusters
is
quite
minor,
because
the
patient’s
concentration
is
focused
on
his
specific
picture
and
situation.
Several
international
studies
demonstrate
that
addicted
people
are
very
often
complex
traumatized.
(Felitti
et
al.,
2003;
Schmidt,
2000
etc.)
PTSD
and
other
trauma
symptoms
cause
a
lot
of
psychophysical
deregulation.
The
psychiatrist
Khantzian
realized
1985,
that
addicted
people
suffer
a
lot
from
different
symptoms
and
try
to
reduce
the
unbearable
inner
tension
in
using
drugs.
So
Khantzian
postulated
the
“self-‐medication
hypothesis
of
addictive
disorders”.
Janina
Fisher,
Trauma
Center
Boston,
2000,
interpreted
the
correlation
of
early
traumatization
and
drug-‐addiction
as
“compensatory
strategies
aimed
at
self-‐
regulation”.
20
years
of
psychotherapeutic
work
revealed,
a
high
percentage
of
addicted
patients
use
drugs
to
influence
their
emotional
states.
Drugs
and
alcohol
do
short
term
reduce
the
mentioned
symptoms.
Addicted
patients
need
to
learn
to
cope
in
another,
more
adaptive
way
to
get
a
better
functioning
self-‐regulation.
After
stabilization,
trauma-‐therapy
can
start.
So
the
patient
can
reduce
his
psycho-‐
physiological
deregulation.
Even
when
addicted
patients
are
still
in
a
methadone-‐
treatment
trauma-‐therapy
is
effective.
Practical
experiences
show
a
lot
of
successful
treatments.
Este
taller
empleará
la
presentación
y
demostración
de
muchos
estudios
de
caso.
La
técnica
de
4
campos
es
un
método
especial
de
EMDR
que
fue
desarrollado
por
Jarero
et
al.
1997
en
Méjico.
Para
gente
con
traumas
complejos
y
adictos
este
método
resulta
ser
muy
adecuado.
El
riesgo
de
disparar
grupos
de
traumas
es
menor,
debido
a
que
la
concentración
del
paciente
está
centrada
en
una
sola
imagen
y
situación.
Muchos
estudios
demuestran
que
los
adictos
son
muy
a
menudo
traumatizados
de
manera
compleja.
(Felitti
et
al.,
2003;
Schmidt,
2000
etc.)
El
TEPT
y
otros
síntomas
del
trauma
causan
muchas
desregulaciones
psicofisiológicas.
El
psiquiatra
Khantzian
se
dio
cuenta
en
1985,
que
la
gente
que
sufre
de
adicción
sufren
también
muchos
otros
síntomas
diferentes
e
intentan
reducir
su
tensión
interna
a
través
del
uso
de
sustancias.
Por
ello
Khantzian
postuló
“
La
hipótesis
de
la
automedicación
en
trastornos
adictivos”
Janina
Fisher,
Trauma
Center
Boston,
2000,
interpretó
la
correlación
de
la
traumatización
temprana
y
la
adicción
a
la
drogas
como
“
Estrategias
compensatorias
dirigidas
a
la
autorregulación”.
20
años
de
trabajo
psicoterapéutico
muestran
que
un
gran
porcentaje
de
pacientes
adictos
usan
drogas
para
modificar
sus
estados
emocionales.
Las
drogas
y
el
alcohol
reducen
a
corto
plazo
los
síntomas
mencionados.
Los
pacientes
adictos
necesitan
aprender
a
afrontar
de
manera
más
adaptativa
su
autorregulación.
Después
de
la
estabilización,
la
terapia
del
trauma
puede
empezar.
Por
ello
el
paciente
puede
reducir
su
desregulación
psicofisiológica.
Incluso
cuando
aún
están
sometidos
a
un
tratamiento
de
metadona
la
terapia
del
trauma
es
efectiva.
Las
experiencias
en
la
práctica
muestran
una
gran
cantidad
de
tratamientos
exitosos.
Keywords: 4-Fields-Technique Addiction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. Talwar, S. (2007, February). Accessing traumatic memory through art making: An art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP). The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(1), 22-35. doi:10.1016/j.aip.2006.09.001.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In this article I propose an art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP) designed to address the non-verbal
core of traumatic memory. Trauma theorists [van der Kolk, B.A. (2003). Frontiers in trauma treatment. Presented at the R. Cassidy Seminars, St. Louis, MO 2004; Steele, W. & Raider, M.
(2001). Structured Sensory Intervention for Traumatized Children, Adolescents and Parents-Strategies to Alleviate Trauma. New York: The Edwin Mellen Press] have endorsed alternative treatment methods such as eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR), body-based psychotherapy, and expressive arts therapy
as an alternative to verbal psychotherapy. Following an overview of the role of memory and emotions in trauma and theories of art making and brain function, I describe a protocol that has had
success in integrating the cognitive, emotional and physiological levels of trauma drawing on EMDR, McNamee’s bilateral art and Michelle Cassou’s method of painting. A one-session example
serves to illustrate its use.
Keywords: Arts Bilateral Art Body-Based Psychotherapy Expressive Arts
Accuracy Verified: Yes
6. Savneet, T. (2007). Accessing traumatic memory through art making: An art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP). The Arts in Psychotherapy, 34(1), 22-35. doi:10.1016/j.aip.2006.09.001.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In this article I propose an art therapy trauma protocol (ATTP) designed to address the non-verbal core of traumatic memory. Trauma theorists [van der Kolk, B.A. (2003). Frontiers in trauma treatment. Presented at the R. Cassidy Seminars, St. Louis, MO 2004; Steele, W. & Raider, M. (2001). Structured Sensory Intervention for Traumatized Children, Adolescents and Parents-Strategies to Alleviate Trauma. New York: The Edwin Mellen Press] have endorsed alternative treatment methods such as eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR), body-based psychotherapy, and expressive arts therapy as an alternative to verbal psychotherapy. Following an overview of the role of memory and emotions in trauma and theories of art making and brain function, I describe a protocol that has had success in integrating the cognitive, emotional and physiological levels of trauma drawing on EMDR, McNamee's bilateral art and Michelle Cassou's method of painting. A one-session example serves to illustrate its use.
Keywords: Art Therapy Art Therapy Trauma Protocol ATTP Creative Arts Therapy Creativity Emotions Memory Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas.
El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos.
Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo.
En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento.
Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas.
Objetivos específicos:
1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma.
2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma
3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio
4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos
5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve.
Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos.
La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender.
Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es.
Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan.
En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa.
Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima.
Procedimientos:
- El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios.
- Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado.
- Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.
The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances.
Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors.
Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it.
Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought.
The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative.
Specific objectives:
1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma.
2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma
3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change
4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries
5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques.
Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy.
The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood.
Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not.
Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek.
In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house.
Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem.
Procedures:
- The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures.
- Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately.
- Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.
Keywords: Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Leeds, A. (2008, September). Adaptive information processing, attachment theory and EMDR case conceptualization. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
With complex cases many clinicians struggle with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing Model with adult attachment classification. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With conflicting models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text, this presentation offers a symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004) and Leeds (2004). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: AIP Attachment Theory Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Hensley, B. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing, targeting, the standard protocol, and strategies for successful outcomes in EMDR reprocessing. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 92-100. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.92.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article provides excerpts from each chapter of An EMDR Primer: From Practicum to Practice (Hensley, 2009) to assist novice eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians who are learning how to use this approach and to serve as a refresher for therapists who have not used EMDR consistently in their practices. Actual cases are presented that demonstrate various strategies that the therapist can use to help clients reach adaptive resolution of trauma. Tables and figures highlight important features to explain the obvious and subtle nuances of EMDR. Focal points are the following: (a) the adaptive information processing model; (b) the types of targets accessed during the EMDR process; (c) the 8 phases of EMDR; (d) the components of the standard EMDR protocol used during the assessment phase; (e) past, present, and future in terms of appropriate targeting and successful outcomes; and (f) strategies and techniques for dealing with challenging clients, high levels of abreaction, and blocked processing.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Cognitive Interweave Three-Pronged Approach Types of Targets Unblocking Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.
Learning Objectives:
Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four.
Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile.
Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.
Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. Leeds, A. (2010, July). AIP case forumation and treatment planning. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing
Model with adult attachment classification as a model for case formulation that can assist in predicting
responses to EMDR reprocessing. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for
assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With multiple, divergent
models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text (Shapiro, 2001), this presentation offers a
symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004),
Leeds (2004) and de Jongh, et al., (2010). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual
format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Treatment Planning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Leeds, A. M. (2009, August). AIP, attachment theory and EMDR Case conceptualization. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
With complex cases, many clinicians struggle with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing Model with adult attachment classification. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With conflicting models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text, this presentation offers a symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004) and Leeds (2004). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. Leeds, A. (2010, June). AIP, attachment theory and EMDR case conceptualization. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
With complex cases, many clinicians struggle with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing Model with adult attachment classification. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With conflicting models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text, this presentation offers a symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004) and Leeds (2004, 2009). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Theory Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. Oglesby, C. (1995). Alternative strategies for dealing with trauma and trauma in sport. Presentation at the annual meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology (AAASP), New Orleans, LA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Building upon the theory and research of Wolpe's Systematic Desensitization, a
new approach has been developed for reintegrating trawmrtic events and holds promise
for work with athletes at a variety of skill levels. Eye Movement Desensitization
Reprocessing (EMDR) is a brief intervention which enhances the individual's own
in order to become perceived as insunnountable obstacles to the athlete's
progress. This presentation will provide a brief overview of Shapiro's EMDR
approach and describe the technique in genera1 terms. Qualification necessary to use
the approach will be described as well as ways to network with EMDR-trained
professionals. Two case studies of the use of this technique with athletes will be
presented.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Application of mindfulness for impulse control and self harm. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Self harm presents a risk in using EMDR with emotionally vulnerable clients, due to the dangers of their immediate behaviours. However, often these behaviours are in response to deep-seated memories linked to traumas, which with the help of EMDR could safely be processed once the impulsive and risky behaviours are controlled. Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method of reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005). More recently, the author has discovered that the application of mindfulness and imagery techniques work more effectively for clients with tendencies for self-harm, compared to alternative behavioural techniques designed to distract from or substitute for impulsive desires to self-harm (e.g.., the use of ice cubes or elastic bans, to create a distraction from the impulse). Two groups were studied in the process of treating co-morbid symptoms for alternative conditions with EMDR, ranging from eating disorders, anxiety disorders, and trauma, prior to EMDR processing. For clinical reasons, clients with depression, personality disorders and other Axis 2 disorders were not included in this study due to contraindications in current research relating to Mindfulness. Participants self-harming behaviours related to superficial cutting, punching, and burning. Group 1 consisted of six clients who were offered alternative behavioural techniques (e.g., elastic bands or ice cubes) to distract or substitute for the desire for self-harm. Group 2 consisted of eight clients who were offered mindfulness techniques, including imagery meditations to distract or substitute for the desire to self harm. The groups were distributed as evenly as possible and no major emphasis was placed on the treatment of self-harming behaviours, instead being placed on the major problems (anxiety, eating disorder or trauma).
The Group (1)[consisted of 6 persons:(3 with Anxiety, 3 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered suitable behavioural techniques utilised them effectively when their distress levels were mild (between 1-4 on a 0-8 behavioural scale), however, reverted back t self harming behaviours (e.g., cutting, burning, pinching) when distress levels reached 5 or higher. The Group (2)[consisted of 8 persons: (3 with Anxiety, 4 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered aspects of Mindfulness training to facilitate tolerance of distressing emotions and being aware of the active moment did not tend (on average) to revert back to self-harming behaviours, choosing instead to utilise mindfulness methods (such as 3-minute breathing space).
Conclusion: Mindfulness is more effective as impulse control for self-harming behaviours than behavioural alternative strategies and can be utilised as a form of stabilisation in combination with controlling impulsive behaviours, prior to EMDR.
Keywords: Impulse Control Mindfulness Poster Self Harm
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Villa, M., & Sangiovanni, L. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dell’EMDR ad una nuova popolazione: I pazienti posturali con dolore cronico e con deficit percettivi [Applying EMDR to a new population: Patients postural with chronic pain and perceptual deficits]. Presentazione al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Lo studio riguarda l’applicazione dell’EMDR ai Pazienti affetti da “Sindrome da deficit posturale” (Da Cuña). Il problema coinvolge il 10% della popolazione, di cui il 15% è sintomatico. È di difficile inquadramento, dato che i sintomi somatici che presenta coinvolgono tutti e tre i versanti delle regolazioni automatiche: dolori muscolo-scheletrici migranti, derivanti da disordini posturali; pseudovertigini, da deficit di localizzazione spaziale; disturbi cognitivi (fino alla dislessia), da alterata integrazione percettiva. Le modalità compensatorie a tali deficit possono investire la sfera psicologica (senso profondo di inadeguatezza, ansia, depressione...), sviluppare atteggiamenti strategici di evitamento (agorafobia da deficit di orientamento spaziale), spingere a interpretare reazioni fisiche come se fossero psicologiche (attacchi di panico, enuresi notturna…). Proprio il sottile intreccio tra aspetti somatici e psicologici rende complessa la diagnosi; può capitare infatti che un paziente con problemi di questa natura si rivolga a un terapista somatico (posturologo, osteopata…), che non coglie il problema. Abbiamo così messo a punto un sistema diagnostico che riconosca se l’aspetto psichico sia conseguenza di un vero disturbo somatico o se invece sostenga una serie di somatizzazioni tendenzialmente derivanti da traumi. Nell’uno o nell’altro caso, l’utilizzo dell’EMDR può essere risolutivo: evidentemente sul versante traumatico, ma pure per la desensibilizzazione delle convinzioni negative derivate dalle strategie psicologiche reattive al deficit somatico. Metodi. La valutazione diagnostica e le variazioni sintomatologiche sono state effettuate con DSMIV, SWAP-200, SCL90-R, TAS 20, VAS, anamnesi posturologica, kinesiologia, posturodinamica, riflessi primitivi e sensoriali, valutazione osteopatica, Maddox, stabilometria basale e con challenges). Risultati. Gli interventi su misura hanno ridotto la sintomatologia, come è rappresentato dalle rilevazioni effettuate e dai feedback dei pazienti. La conoscenza integrata, sia che il primo approccio sia psicologico o posturale, consente una diagnosi accurata e dunque una strategia terapeutica sinergica efficace che permette di sbloccare terapie cronicizzate.
The study concerns the application of EMDR in patients with "postural deficiency syndrome" (Da Cuna). The problem affects 10% of the population, of which 15% are symptomatic. It is
classification difficult, because the somatic symptoms presenting involving all three sides automatic adjustments: musculoskeletal pain migrants from postural disorders; pseudovertigini, spatial localization deficit, cognitive problems (up to dyslexia), from altered perceptual integration. The methods compensatory these deficits can invest the ball psychological (deep sense of inadequacy, anxiety, depression ...), develop attitudes strategic avoidance (agoraphobia deficit spatial orientation), push to interpret physical reactions as if they were psychological (panic attacks, nocturnal enuresis ...). Just the subtle interplay between somatic and psychological aspects makes it difficult to diagnose and can in fact happen that a patient with problems of this nature, please ask a somatic therapy (Posture, osteopath ...), who misses the problem. We have thus developed a diagnostic system that recognize if the appearance is the result of a true mental disorder or whether it supports somatic a series of somatization tendency resulting from trauma. In either case, use EMDR can be resolutely on the side obviously traumatic, but also for desensitization of the negative beliefs derived from psychological strategies responsive to deficit somatic. Methods. The diagnostic evaluation and symptom changes are were made with DSMIV, SWAP-200, SCL90-R, TAS 20, VAS, history Posture, kinesiology, posturodinamica, primitive reflexes and sensory evaluation osteopathic, Maddox, stabilometry baseline and challenges). Results. Tailored interventions have reduced symptomatology, as represented by the surveys conducted and feedback from patients. The integrated knowledge, whether the first approach is psychological or postural, allows a diagnosis accurate and therefore a therapeutic strategy that allows you to unlock synergistic effective therapies chronic.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Perceptual Deficits
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Britt, V. J., Diepold, J., & Bender, S. (2008, September). Applying energy psychology methods in the preparation phase of the EMDR eight step protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore and provide an additional means of stabilization and resource for the EMDR preparation phase, as well as expand therapeutic strategies to resolve treatment blocks and stuck processing. Using concepts such as correct polarity and methods like muscle-testing, which come from the emerging field of energy psychology, compromised psycho-energetic activity at the mind-body interface will be demonstrated. These methods can be incorporated into the EMDR preparation phase without compromising the 8 phase protocol.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Preparation Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. Britt, V., Diepold, J., & Bender, S. (2005, June). Applying energy psychology to treatment blocks in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although EMDR protocol offers a wide range of strategies to re-start blocked
processing, sometimes these methods do not resolve the impasse and
another perspective may be necessary. This workshop will expand the
concept of blocks-(i.e. blocking beliefs. looping and stuck processing) in
terms of the emerging field of energy psychology. We will demonstrate
what occurs when psycho-energetic activity in the mind-body interface is
compromised and how that can inhibit processing. It will introduce the
concepts and treatment of energetic blocks, muscle testing and polarity
compromise and explore how treatment corrections can be used to neutralize blocks without disrupting the EMDR protocol. Format: Lecture,
demonstration and experiential exercise.
Keywords: Energy Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. de Jongh, A. (2000, May 6). Approaches to using EMDR for the treatment of phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop focuses on the clinical application of EMDR with specific phobias. There are a number of advantages in using EMDR for the treatment of specific phobias compared to other approaches, such as exposure in vivo. One of the most important advantages seems to be the possibility to utilize EMDR under circumstances where the critical elicitors cannot be reproduced or simulated in real life (e.g., certain sexual, illness or death situations) or, more generally, for which phobic stimuli are hard to obtain. However, unlike patients suffering with PTSD, after deconditioning of an anxiety associated with a traumatic incident, phobic individuals till have to anticipated future anxiety evoking situations. This has important implications for treatment. For example, contrary to its application with PTSD, the treatment of specific phobias with EMDR should not be concluded until clients are prepared for future interactions with (former) anxiety-eliciting stimuli or situations. This may involve acquisition of adaptive coping skills, such as mental strategies to relax or to distract oneself, and the use of exposure (in vivo) techniques. Participants of this workshop will learn when and how to apply EMDR with specific phobias and integrate this into general (cognitive-behavioral) treatment approach. This approach is illustrated by several videotaped treatments.
Keywords: Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. Roberts, A. R. (2002, Spring). Assessment, crisis intervention, and trauma treatment: The integrative ACT intervention model. Brief Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 2(1), 1-21.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article presents a conceptual three-stage framework and intervention model that should be useful in helping mental health professionals provide acute crisis and trauma treatment services. The ACT model stands for Assessment, Crisis Intervention, and Trauma Treatment. This new model may be thought of as a sequential set of assessments and intervention strategies. The ACT intervention model integrates various assessment and triage protocols with the seven-stage crisis intervention model, and the ten-step acute traumatic stress management protocol. In addition, this article introduces and briefly highlights the other eight narrative, theoretical, and empirically based papers in this issue that focus on mental health and crisis-oriented intervention strategies implemented within 1 month after the September 11, 2001, terroristic mass disaster at the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
Keywords: ACT Model Assessment Assessment Crisis Intervention Triage Crisis Assessment Crisis Intervention Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. Richman, S., & O'Connor, M. (2013, March). Attachment and trauma. Presentation at the annual workshops EMDR Association UK & Ireland and AGM, Newcastle.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Presents case studies of children and adults who have experienced early attachment disruptions that have adversely affected their development and relationships in childhood and later life. They will discuss the consequences of early attachment disruptions on relationships and learning and the ways in which the 8 phases of the EMDR protocol have to be adjusted to accommodate different attachment styles. They will discuss treatment strategies stemming from the eight-phase EMDR protocol for clients of all ages suffering from attachment disruptions, linking the effect of attachment trauma to dissociative symptoms and other developmental problems. They will also give attention to how the Adaptive Information Processing Theory addresses the impact of attachment trauma.
Keywords: Attachment Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Nickerson, M. (2012, October). Attachment at the societal level: Reprocessing internalized stigma and oppression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment challenges also occur at the societal level as individuals seek to integrate in a meaningful way into social groups and the larger society. An added dimension of clinical work awakens with a cultural context lens that understands social identity and addresses the traumatic impact of social marginalization and oppression. The AIP model successfully predicts that internalized stigma and oppression can be dismantled by building inner resources, reprocessing memories associated with experiencing discrimination and integrating new knowledge about social dynamics. Practical EMDR based strategies will be portrayed with clinical examples, videotaped sessions and the validating feedback from over 60 EMDR therapists who explored these issues in training practicums.
Keywords: Attachment Internalized Stigma Oppression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Attachment, attunement, and resonance in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment, attunement, and resonance in the eight phases of EMDR enhance therapeutic outcomes. Patients with disorganized attachment processes may have complications that may make EMDR treatment more difficult. This workshop is designed to teach attunement, resonance, and therapeutic relatedness strategies in the work with patients with complicated attachment histories. Problems and solutions for misattunements during the eight phases will be the main focus of this workshop. Interpersonal neurobiological concepts will be taught to enhance the participant’s effectiveness. The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be demonstrated as a tool to deal with correct therapist misattunement.
Keywords: Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Leiner, A. S., Kearns, M. C., Jackson, J. L., Astin, M. C., & Rothbaum, B. O. (2012, January). Avoidant coping and treatment outcome in rape-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology,80(2), 317-321. doi: 10.1037/a0026814.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract: Objective: This study investigated the impact of avoidant coping on treatment outcome in rape-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Method: Adult women with rape-related PTSD (N = 62) received 9 sessions of prolonged exposure (PE) or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). The mean age for the sample was 34.7 years, and race or ethnicity was reported as 67.7% Caucasian, 25.8% African American, 3.2% Latina, and 3.2% other. PTSD was assessed with the PTSD Symptom Scale–Self-Report (Foa, Riggs, Dancu, & Rothbaum, 1993), and avoidant coping was assessed using the Coping Strategies Inventory–Disengagement subscale (CSI-D; Tobin, Holroyd, Reynolds, & Wigal, 1989). Results: Pretreatment avoidant coping was negatively associated with posttreatment PTSD symptom severity even when controlling for initial severity of total PTSD symptoms and when removing PTSD avoidance symptoms from the analysis to account for potential overlap between avoidant coping and PTSD avoidance symptoms: ΔR2 = .08, b = −0.31, 95% CI [−0.17, −0.01], t(60) = −2.27, p = .028. The CSI-D pretreatment mean score of 100 predicted a 96% likelihood of experiencing clinically significant change (CSC) during treatment. A CSI-D pretreatment score of 61 was associated with a 40% likelihood of experiencing CSC. Conclusions: PE and EMDR appear to be beneficial for women who frequently engage in avoidant coping responses following rape. A small subset of women with initially low levels of avoidant coping are unlikely to experience a therapeutic response from PE or EMDR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Rape Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Sachsse, U., & Tumani, V. (1999, November). Be borderline! A successful inpatients’ treatment program for (type II) traumatized female patients with PTSD/DES/BPD and the symptom of self-mutilation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Using therapeutic experiences from the USA (Herman, Putnam,
Ross) and the Netherlands (Olthuis, van der Hart) Luise
Reddemann (Bielefeld) and Ulrich Sachsse(Goettingen) developed
an inpatients’ program for female and some male patients with
symptoms, that result from type II traumata, fulfill the phenomenological
criteria of BPD and are understood as chron.
PTSD/DES. The program utilizes the coping strategies of the
patients for stabilisation: splitting (building up an only good world
of safety, support and shelter against the only bad, demonized
world of trauma); derealisation, dissociation(imagery); depersonalisation
(Qi Gong, Feldenkrais). We tell and teach our patients: Be
Borderlines- but inside, not in your outer social life or your therapeutic
relationship! Trauma-synthesis is done after stabilisation by
trauma-exposition every two weeks (EMDR, screen-technique).
The patients stay for 3-5 month, sometimes twice, with very good
results.
Keywords: BPD Borderline Personality Disorder DES Females Inpatient Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Self-Mutiliation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. Kiessling, R., & Kacsur, R. (2002, June). Being brief with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While there have been many modifications of the standard EMDR protocol to address a multitude of client issues, little has been said about
integrating EMDR with Brief Therapy. Many clients seeking EMDR treatment may have a specific problem needing immediate relief, or have
limited time, financial resources, or insurance benefits. This workshop is
designed to help the EMDR clinician adapt brief treatment strategies to
the standard EMDR approach. A belief/feeling cluster focused history
taking approach is combined with a narrowly focused targeting strategy that effectively addresses identified past, present and future targets. The installation phase of treatment is extended into present and future
targeting strategies. This strategy not only addresses present and future issues more rapidly, but also identifies additional blocking beliefs that may require targeting in order for the client to achieve full resolution of the presenting problem.
Keywords: Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Gomez, A. (2008, September). Beyond PTSD: Treating depression in children and adolescents using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Traumatized children frequently exhibit symptoms of disorders other than PTSD. There is evidence of comorbidity between PTSD, depression and other behavioral disorders and a large overlap in symptom criteria between PTSD and depression in children and adolescents. The first part of this presentation explores what current research has identified as the key factors for the development of depression in children and adolescents. The evidence linking trauma, stress and PTSD to some forms of depression and the relationship between disorders of attachment, difficulties with affect regulation and the development of depression in children and adolescents will be explored. The second part of this presentation will introduce preliminary evidence that EMDR can be a potentially effective treatment for depression in children and adolescents through a series of case studies and anecdotal reports. The presentation will conclude with an overview of strategies for working with depressed children and adolescents across the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Even though this presentation will focus on working with pediatric depression, it will provide a foundation for understanding and treating adult depression as well. Video clips of sessions will be shown to provide a concrete and tangible experience for clinicians.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Laliotis, D. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma: Rebuilding the self with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients who present with life-long relationship problems and serious self-esteem issues often have pervasive developmental deficits that manifest as attachment and/or character disorders. While EMDR is an efficient treatment, addressing the early life experiences that contribute to a client’s ongoing difficulties is more than just reprocessing the nodal events of childhood; it is about generating corrective experiences of self in relationship with others. Participants will learn how to use EMDR to facilitate the uncoupling of negative core beliefs and core affects from positive, more adaptive aspects of self that have been depressed, dissociated, or otherwise undeveloped. To this end, clinicians will learn how to actively utilize the client’s emergent experience of self within the context of EMDR processing using an expanded repertoire of cognitive interweave strategies. Materials will be presented through lecture and videotape of actual continuous clinical cases as well as a large group discussion format in which participants will be able to discuss their own cases with the presenter. (All Levels)
Keywords: Rebuilding Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. Rothschild, B. (2003). The body remembers casebook: Unifying methods and models in the treatment of trauma and PTSD (1st ed). New York: W.W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This is the first book of its kind to advocate utilizing and combining an assortment of trauma treatment models. Based on ideas put forward in the bestselling The Body Remembers, Babette Rothschild emphasizes the importance of tailoring every trauma therapy to the particular needs of each individual client. A breath of fresh air in the competitive "mine is best" atmosphere currently so divisive in the field of trauma therapy, each varied and complex case (presented in a variety of writing styles: case reports, session-by-session narratives, single session transcripts) is approached with a combination of methods ranging from traditional psychodynamic approaches and applications of attachment theory to innovative trauma methods including EMDR and Levine's SIBAM model. Read on its own on or in conjunction with The Body Remembers, clinicians from all disciplines will discover new strategies and gain insight into how to combine various treatment models for increased success with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Body Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.
Keywords: Complex PSTD Creativity Mind/Body Resourcing Self Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
32. Leeds, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012, October). Borderline personality disorder and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
BPD patients present difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these difficulties is central to the treatment of BPD. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational, often involving the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding and having strategies for addressing these issues is essential. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD and interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. Waters, F. S., Potgieter, R., & Yehuda, N. (2011, November). But they are too young to be traumatized!. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
All too often it is assumed that infants or young children are too young to remember frightening, painful, and confusing experiences, and therefore will not suffer harm because they are too young to be traumatized. Clinical experience; however, as well as research on neurobiology of trauma, child development, and attachment, tell a different story. While very often not verbalized, overwhelming early experiences are nonetheless remembered implicitly. As such they tend to find expression in a myriad of debilitating emotional and somatic symptoms across a persons life span; even into adulthood. Understanding how early trauma can affect the child developmentally, and how it might be expressed, is crucial not only to clinicians treating children but also to those working with adults. It is through understanding early traumatic markers and the subtle, often coded signs, sometimes rooted as far back as infancy, that one can begin the process of untangling these symptoms and freeing the individual from a lifetime of pain, suffering, and failed relationships. This workshop will examine the types of early traumamedical, severe neglect, all forms of abuse, disrupted attachmentand how these traumatic experiences impact the young child from birth to five years. The signs and symptoms of traumatized and dissociative children, as well as available research on the topic will be described, along with case examples. The need for careful interpretation of often convoluted and subtle symptoms will be explained. Accurate interpretation of a childs presentation relies on understanding the neurobiology of trauma and dissociation. That, as well as understanding the impact on child development and attachment is crucial for effective intervention. Strategies such as Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) and involvement of caregivers in the therapy will be described. Videoed sessions and artwork describing the young traumatized child's inner world and recovery process will augment the presentation.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Gauvreau, P. (2012, April). Ça bloque! Ça boucle! (looping)! Que faire? [It freezes! This loop! (looping)! What to do?]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
S’inspirant à la fois du modèle de traitement adaptatif de l’information/protocole EMDR et de notions en dissociation structurelle, des stratégies pour gérer les blocages au retraitement et les boucles seront présentées. Nous aborderons les stratégies avec ou sans tissage cognitif à l’aide d’exemples cliniques. Également, des stratégies faisant appel aux états du moi seront abordées dans des cas plus complexes de blocages au retraitement.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
1. Identifier les clients qui sous ou sur-accèdent au matériel et les stratégies à mettre en place
2. Reconnaître quand le retraitement est bloqué ou quand il y a présence de boucles et choisir des stratégies à mettre en place
3.Connaître des stratégies sans tissage
4.Connaître des stratégies avec tissage
5.Connaître quelques stratégies faisant appel aux états du moi – dissociation structurelle.
Inspired by both the model adaptive processing of information / EMDR protocol and concepts in structural dissociation, strategies to handle deadlocks reprocessing and loops will be presented. We will discuss strategies with or without cognitive weaving using clinical examples. Also, strategies involving the ego states will be addressed in more complex cases of blockages reprocessing.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify customers who underexposed or access the materials and strategies to implement 2. Recognize when the restatement is blocked or when there is presence of loops and choose strategies to implement strategies without 3.Connaître 4.Connaître weaving weaving 5.Connaître strategies with some strategies to use ego states - structural dissociation.
Keywords: Interweaves Looping
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. Leeds, A. M. (1995, October). Case formulation: Strategies and criteria for selection of negative and positive cognitions in EMDR, adapted and updated. Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Originally a paper entitled "Case formulation: selecting positive and negative cognitions" at the Annual meeting of the EMDR Conference, Sunnyvale, CA March 1994, presented at the The process of selecting appropriate negative and positive cognitions can be a smoothly flowing preamble to an EMDR treatment session or it can be a complex search for an elusive quarry. In this paper, I will review the principles and rationale underlying the selection of cognitions in EMDR and will consider procedures to guide us safely past common problems. Most importantly, I will introduce the idea that the process of selecting cognitions can be greatly simplified and enriched when it is integrated into a case formulation approach.[1][Author abstract]
Keywords: Cognitions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. Leeds, A. M. (1994, March). Case formulations: Selecting positive and negative cognitions. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Case formulation: Strategies and criteria for selection of negative and positive cognitions in EMDR, Adapted and Updated Version (October 1995)available through the A. M. Leeds Presentations website link.
Keywords: Case Formulations Cognitions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Seubert, A. (2010, June). The case of mistaken identity: EMDR, attachment and ego states in the treatment of eating disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment
and Ego States in the treatment of eating disorders is a
120 minute program, which introduces participants to
1. the kind of history taking, medical attention and goal establishment
unique to clients with eating disorders,
2, the extensive preparation, which includes emotional expertise
and somatic awareness,
3. the inevitable presence of dissociation and the use of ego state
therapy to access the source of the eating disordered addiction,
4, the need for attachment repair and
5, slight modifications to trauma processing given emotional
fragility and the tendency to return to the disorder. even after
extensive preparation. The modifications entail
A. a return to attachment/reparenting work, even during phases
3-6, a5 a way to 'pendulate' between the traumata and resources,
B. the use of dissociation strategies, e.g., having the eating disordered
part look through the eyes with the client, and
C. titrating the target memories.
THE CASE OF MISTAKEN IDENTITY employs an EMDR phase
model, which includes an evaluation phase, focusing on medical
safety, case formulation and mutual goal creation. In the preparation
phase, participants will learn a4-step method of teaching
emotional competence, and the use of ego state therapy to free
the self from identity with the disordered part&), and strategies
for attachment repair. Preparation and Processing phases both
require body awareness and acceptance, as well as the ability to
titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize (Re-evaluation) after
EMDR application to touchstone events. Video clips, case studies
and case reviews will reinforce learning.
Learning objectives:
1 Participants will describe the trauma-based purpose for dissociation
in eating disorders,
2 will describe the practice of awareness and four steps to
emotional competence.
3. will name two ego-state strategies methods in identifying
and collaborating with ego states,
4. two attachment repair methods, and
5. describe two minor adaptations to the processing phase.
WHAT IS NEW: Eating disorder treatment often recognizes, but
rarely offers treatment solutions, to the traumatic origins of an
eating disorder. This fact, coupled with a lack of awareness of
the role of attachment injury and dissociation, renders many
of the contemporary approaches to eating disorder treatment
incomplete and often ineffective.
Keywords: Attachment, Eating Disorders Ego States
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Allen, J. G. (2003). Challenges in treating post-traumatic stress disorder and attachment trauma. Current Women’s Health Reports, 3, 213–220.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Treating women suffering from trauma poses significant
challenges. The diagnostic prototype of post-traumatic stress
disorder (PTSD) is based on single-event trauma, such as
sexual assault in adulthood. Several effective cognitivebehavioral
treatments for such traumas have been developed,
although many treated patients continue to experience
residual symptoms. Even more problematic is the complex
developmental psychopathology stemming from a lifetime
history of multiple traumas, often beginning with maltreatment
in early attachment relationships. A history of attachment
trauma undermines the development of capacities to
regulate emotional distress and thereby complicates the
treatment of acute trauma in adulthood. Such complex
trauma requires a multifaceted treatment approach that
must balance processing of traumatic memories with
strategies to contain the intense emotions this processing
evokes. Moreover, conducting such treatment places
therapists at risk for secondary trauma such that trauma
therapists also must process this stressful experience
and implement strategies to regulate their own distress.
Keywords: Attachment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. Amen, D. G. (1999, June). Change your brain, change your life (EMDR not the focus). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the functions the problems associated with five different brain systems; 2) learn the impact of head injuries on psychological behavior; and 3) develop three psychological strategies for enhancing each different brain system.
Keywords: Brain Brain Systems Head Injuries SPECT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Amen, D. G. (2003, September). Change your brain, change your life: Breakthrough information on seeing and healing the brain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Utilizing the latest, most sophistcated brain imaging technology in medicine, physician and clinical neuroscientist Daniel Amen will give you an intimate look into a "working brain." Based on his brain imaging work with over
16,000 brain SPECT studies, Dr.Amen will teach you what specific parts of the brain do, and graphically show what happens when things go wrong, illustrated by many case stories and a number of the actual brain images. He
will correlate different brain patterns with specific feelings and behaviors, such as moodiness, irritability, conflict avoidance, worrying and temper outbursts, along with certain common psychiatric disorders such as depression,
attenton deficit disorder, anxiety, and substance abuse. In addition, there will be prescriptions for healing each part of the brain, including cognitive, behavioral, nutritional and medicinal strategies.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract]
Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Neglect Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder Child Abuse Dissociative Disorders Ego Strengthening Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Dworkin, M. (2005, June). Clinical strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to
work with. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline
in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/1 strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments; and
variations of cognitive interweaves designed to repair moments of
misattunement, returning both parties to a co-regulated states so that
trauma processing may proceed.
Keywords: Challenging Client
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Perry, B. D. (2002, June). Clinical work with maltreated and traumatized children: Evolving innovations in treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Building upon the concepts and pricipals outline in the Keynote, clinical implications for the neurodevelopmental understanding of childhood trauma will be presented. Specific assessment processes, treatment planning activities and intervention strategies will be discussed. The use of EMDR and music and movement treatments with traumaitized and maltreated children will be presented.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Dworkin, M. (2005, September). Clinican strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who
are challenging to work with both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these moments and learn strategies to overcome
potential moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the
Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied RDI
strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of a cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire"
will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are
invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.
Keywords: Challenging Client Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire Countertransference Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. Dworkin, M. (2009). The clinician awareness questionnaire in EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 401-408). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Whenever an EMDR treatment session becomes problematic, consider this self-administered instrument when reflecting on this session. EMDR consultants can also use this measure in their consulting groups to assist consultees in understanding when work with clients have an impact on the clinician. The purpose of using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire includes the following: (1) To assist in raising awareness of what may be triggering the clinician; (2) To assess what may be coming from the clinician and what may be coming from the client; and (3) To develop EMDR Relational Strategies. Different problems can arise in different phases of the protocol. Sometimes, problems for the clinician may occur in Phase 1 when a client shares information that evokes negative arousal; or Phase 2 when the client has trouble understanding the elements of preparation or wants to get going processing trauma prematurely and the clinician has a negative response; or Phase 3 when there is a problem structuring the Assessment piece. Sometimes, client information may not evoke negative arousal in the clinician until Phase 4 when the client is actively processing. Often times, the clinician's triggers are from old memories. These memories may be explicit; at other times, implicit (somatosensory). As clinicians begin to notice these moments in themselves, they may aid themselves and their clients in continuing productive processing by using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire. The Clinican Awareness Questionnaire Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Clinician Awareness Questionnaire Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
47. Otto, M. W., Penava, S. J., Pollack, R. A., & Smoller, J. W. (1996). Cognitive-behavioral and pharmacologic perspectives on the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. In M. H. Pollack, M. W. Otto, & J. F. Rosenbaum (Eds.). Challenges in clinical practice: Pharmacologic and psychosocial strategies (pp. 219-260). New York: Guilford Press.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The following sections consider biologic and cognitive-behavioral perspectives on PTSD and strategies for its treatment. Pharmacologic strategies examined to date have included treatment with beta-adrenergic blockers and alpha-adrenergic agonists, benzodiazepines, antikindling agents, mood stabilizers, and various antidepressants. Exposure-based treatments have been included in a number of approaches to the disorder, but have received the most direct attention in cognitive-behavioral conceptualizations. Each of these interventions has the potential to change one aspect or a constellation of PTSD symptoms, and must be evaluated relative to the number of symptom domains that each affects. [Text, p. 222]
Keywords: Behavior Therapy Cognitive Therapy Drug Therapy Literature Review Neurobiology Psychopharmacology PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously
during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges.
Opportunities:
¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to
provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training
protocols for the individual athlete.
¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a
neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training.
¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback
based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance.
¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and
gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning
strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed
relaxation, etc.
Challenges:
¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in
the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages
arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing
(frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed.
¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker,
video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is
difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems
and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on
creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and
playback will be reported.
Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be
discussed, with a focus on archery where:
¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers.
¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural
activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a
range of time-spans and skills.
¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns
during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level,
but not simply as a function of score.
Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement
are discussed.
Keywords: EEG Eye Tracking Performance Analysis Sports Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. Cook, J. M., Biyanova, T., & Coyne, J. C. (2009, October). Comparative case study of diffusion of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in two clinical settings: Empirically supported treatment status is not enough. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 40(5), 518-524. doi:10.1037/a0015144.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
An in-depth comparative case study was conducted of two attempts at
diffusion of an empirically supported, but controversial, psychotherapy: eye
movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). One Department of Veterans
Affairs (VA) treatment setting in which there was substantial uptake was
compared with a second VA setting in which it was not adopted. Qualitative
interviews were conducted with 10 mental health clinicians at the first
site, and 19 at the second. Critical selling points for EMDR were a highly
regarded champion, the observability of effects with patients, and
personally experiencing its effects during a role training session.
Compatibility with existing psychotherapist practices and values further
allowed the therapy to become embedded in the organizational culture. At the
second site, a sense that EMDR was not theoretically coherent or compelling
overwhelmed other considerations, including its empirical status.
Comparative studies contrasting settings in which innovative therapies are
implemented versus those in which they were rejected may aid in refining
theories of and strategies for dissemination.
Keywords: Diffusion Evidence-Supported Treatment Marketing Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. Leeds, A. (2006, September). The consensus model. In criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development & installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PSTD Consensus Model Resource Development & Installation RDI Treatment Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. Gomez, A. M. (2007, September). Creative ways of administering the EMDR protocol with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide a comprehensive body of knowledge and advanced techniques so EMDR clinicians can effectively implement the EMDR protocol with children. Participants will learn strategies to make children acquainted with the different components of the EMDR protocol, as well as the use of sand tray techniques to assist children during the EMDR assessment and desensitization phases. Special attention will be placed on how and when to use the cognitive interweave with children. Different types of cognitive interweaves that are more suitable for children will be presented. Additionally, this workshop will address how to work on the future template with children using play therapy and creative strategies.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes
emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before
and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation
(RDI) has been reported to be a potentially
effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published
descriptions and case reports of RDI including a
summary in the standard reference text on EMDR.
The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained
clinicians has been followed by reports indicating
that a significant number of patients with
posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet
standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength
and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical
situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which
patients and clinical situations RDI should be
offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate
stabilization methods should be considered; and
for which patients RDI should not be offered but
where standard EMDR reprocessing should be
offered without delay. An overview of RDI
procedural steps will be presented to clarify its
use. Strategies will be offered to address technical,
clinical and countertransference issues that may
be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical
vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Consensus Model RDI Resource Development and Installation Treatment Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. Leeds, A. M. (2007, June). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories (Brown, Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhius, Steele, 2006). Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been described in a series of published case reports as an effective stabilizing intervention for adult survivors of adverse childhood experiences (Korn & Leeds, 2202; Leeds, 1997, 1998, 2001b; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000; Popky, 2005). These clinical case reports of RDI have been described observed decreases in intense shame, depersonalization, angry outbursts, self-injurious behaviors, compulsive eating, obsessive self-critical thoughts, persistent negative emotional states (misery), sexual acting out, and substance abuse. There are now several published procedural descriptions (Korn & Leeds, 2002; Leeds, 2001; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) and a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR (Shapiro, 2001).
The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with post traumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been persistently offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. EMDR has been shown to produce stable, enduring treatment effects for symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. RDI has not. Until recently (Korn et al, 2004; Leeds, 2005, 2006; Shapiro, 2004) little attention has been given to assuring appropriate use and avoiding misuse of RDI. This presentation will describe serious clinical and professional issues in continuing to offer RDI over repeated treatment sessions to patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet or achieve readiness criteria for standard EMDR reprocessing and in failing to offer or in excessively delaying EMDR reprocessing.
This presentation will clarify and review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients (1) and clinical situations (2) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (3) RDI should be offered cautiously, if at al, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (4) RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR processing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented (5) to clarify its clinical application. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may b associated with misuse or excessive use of RDI. A series of ten clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Leeds, A. (2010, July). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate
stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation
(RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient stabilization. There are now several
published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing
use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with
posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered
RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for
which patients (1) and clinical situations (3) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (4) RDI should
be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (2) RDI should
not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps
will be presented (5) to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues
that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical
cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD RDI Resource Development & Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Young, W., Puk, G., & Rouanzoin, C. C. (1995, June). Current trends using EMDR in dissociative disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop covers the screening, diagnosis, treatment and pitfalls encountered in using EMDR in Dissociative Disorders.
The unexpected finding of dissociative disorders among trauma victims using EMDR requires therapists to be able to recogme and
screen for dissociative conditions. Under special circumstances, these patients may have negative reactions which the EMDR
therapist should be prepared to manage.
Treatment requires a strong alliance, an awareness of dissociation and the management of patients' abreactions. Treatment
guidelines have been established for using EMDR which can guide therapists as our expmence with dissociative disorders evolves.
A careful informed consent should be obtained and an assessment of the patient's inner resources made so that ffagile patients with
histories of chronic trauma are not inadvertently injured. Further, EMDR is not designed as a tool for "memory work" but for the
reduction of distress for events or experiences already known.
Lectures, discussions, handouts and video tape demonstrations show the application of EMDR in a variety of conditions.
The results of a pilot study using EMDR in 15 patients with 33 target symptoms will be presented. In this limited sample, between
50% and 60% of patients achieved significant reduction of their distress levels on selected targets. A variety of responses occurred
including fusions, generalization effects, and establishmg inner dialogue. In addition, a variety of problems arose resulting in
treatment failures or cessation of EMDR. These include such reactions as flooding, escalation of anger, paranoia and resistance to
the treatment. The implications of these findings suggest that cautious patient selection and use of EMDR has a potential use and
that as research in this population continues, strategies for overcoming problem areas can be developed.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. Capezzani, L. (2010, Novembre). Dati preliminari del progetto: Valutazione degli esiti medico- clinici e psicologici in seguito all’applicazione dell’EMDR in pazienti oncologici con disturbi dello spettro post traumatico da stress [Preliminary data of the project: Evaluation of medical-clinical and psychological outcomes following the application of EMDR in cancer patients with autism spectrum post-traumatic stress disorder]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La ricerca ha lo scopo di indicare se l’intervento con EMDR produce significativi cambiamenti dei parametri medico-clinico, oltre che psicologici, in pazienti oncologici che abbiamo ricevuto una diagnosi di PTSD o di un disturbo dello spettro post-traumatico da stress durante ciascuna delle fasi dell’evoluzione della malattia.
In particolare si vuole verificare se dopo trattamento con EMDR:
- i valori baseline di cortisolo nel sangue cambiano e riproducono anche in pazienti oncologici l’andamento dimostrato in letteratura: in presenza di un PTSD acuto generalmente i livelli sono alti, quando invece il PTSD è cronico i livelli di cortisolo sono bassi ma in ambedue i casi un trattamento con EMDR produce una normalizzazione di suddetti valori.
- si osserva una riduzione della quantità di citochine che rappresentano gli indicatori immunologici correlati a stati di depressione ed ansia sia sottosoglia che non, quasi sempre presenti tra i disturbi dello spettro PTSD e quindi anche nella malattia oncologica (Cantelmi, 2008 in preparazione).
Lo studio consente inoltre di osservare
- per quali delle fasi della malattia il trattamento con EMDR produce la migliore estinzione dei disturbi post-traumatici da stress,
- se le modalità di coping, cioè le strategie di adattamento alla malattia e sua gestione migliorano dopo il trattamento con EMDR
The research is intended to indicate whether the intervention with EMDR produces significant changes in clinical parameters and medical as well as psychological, in cancer patients who have received a diagnosis of PTSD or a spectrum disorder post-traumatic stress disorder during each of the stages of the disease.
In particular, we want to check if after treatment with EMDR:
- The values of baseline cortisol in the blood change and reproduce even in cancer patients the trend shown in the literature: in the presence of an acute PTSD generally the levels are high, when instead the PTSD is chronic cortisol levels are low but in both cases treated with EMDR produces a normalization of these values.
- There is a reduction in the amount of cytokines representing the immunological indicators related to states of depression and subthreshold anxiety is that, almost always present between the spectrum disorders PTSD and therefore also in the oncological disease (Cantelmi, 2008 in preparation).
The study also allows you to observe
- For which of the stages of the disease treatment with EMDR produces the best extinction of the symptoms of post-traumatic stress,
- Whether the method of coping, ie the strategies of adaptation to the disease and its management to improve after treatment with EMDR.
Keywords: Autism Cancer Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation.
À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)
It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions
Keywords: Target
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Struik, A. (2010, April). De zes testen, een stabilisatie methode voor chronisch getraumatiseerde en dissociatieve kinderen [The six tests, a stabilization method for chronically traumatized children and dissociative]. Presentatie Aan de Vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De zes testen, een stabilisatie methode voor chronisch getraumatiseerde en dissociatieve kinderen.
De stabilisatie en behandeling van deze kinderen kan gecompliceerd zijn. Vanzelfsprekend is het creëren van een veilige omgeving en een hechtingsfiguur een eerste stap. Maar wat dan? Deze kinderen functioneren soms ogenschijnlijk goed. Hun vermijdingsstrategieën zijn effectief en ze weigeren om over het trauma te praten of zeggen dat ze het vergeten zijn. Ze hebben er geen last meer van. Maar de verleiding van de therapeut om dan geen slapende honden wakker te maken is een gevaarlijke. Want onder deze ogenschijnlijk goed functionerende buitenkant, zit een constant alert, angstig en eenzaam kind. Dit kind kan zich niet hechten en dit gebrek aan veilige hechting is verwoestend voor de ontwikkeling. Dit wordt echter vaak alleen zichtbaar door er expliciet naar te zoeken.
In deze presentatie zal ik ‘De zes testen’ demonstreren, een stabilisatie methode voor kinderen en een bewerking van de drie testen (Spierings, 2008). De zes testen helpen de therapeut om te beslissen of een kind verdere stabilisatie nodig heeft en hoe dat te bereiken, voordat met EMDR gestart kan worden. Aan de hand van casuïstiek wordt dit proces en het gebruik van stabilisatietechnieken gedemonstreerd. De kinderen moeten technieken leren om emoties te reguleren en stress te verminderen. Dan wordt het hechtingssysteem geactiveerd, zodat ze stress kunnen reguleren door steun te zoeken. Zo vermindert de noodzaak tot dissociatie. Door problemen die het kind ervaart te koppelen aan ervaringen in het verleden wordt het kind gemotiveerd om naar de trauma’s te kijken en met EMDR te starten. Dan worden nog aanpassingen in het EMDR protocol besproken voor dissociatieve kinderen om ze in het desensitisatie proces te houden en wordt besproken hoe EMDR kan worden geïntegreerd in een gefaseerde behandeling.
Spierings, J. (2008). Stabilisatie, een gestructureerd programma voor taxatie en interventie. In: Ten Broeke, E. De Jongh, A., & Oppenheim, H. Praktijkboek EMDR. Amsterdam: Harcourt
The six tests, a stabilization method for chronically traumatized and dissociative children.
The stabilization and treatment of these children can be complicated. Obviously, creating a safe environment and an attachment figure is a first step. But what then? These children sometimes seem to function properly. Their avoidance strategies are effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they are forgotten. They have no more trouble. But the seduction of the therapist and then to wake sleeping dogs is dangerous. For among these seemingly well-functioning exterior, is a constant alert, anxious and lonely child. This child can not attach and the lack of secure attachment is devastating for the development. This is often visible only by explicitly to search.
In this presentation I will "The six tests" demonstrate a stabilization method for children and an adaptation of the three tests (Spierings, 2008). The six tests help the therapist to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to reach before EMDR can be started. Using case studies this process and the use of stabilization techniques are demonstrated. The children must learn techniques to regulate emotions and reduce stress. Then the attachment system is activated, so they can be regulated by stress to seek support. Thus reduces the need for dissociation. Due to problems experienced by the child to link past experience the child is motivated to look at the trauma and EMDR to start. Then further adjustments to the EMDR protocol for dissociative children to discuss them in the desensitization process and discusses how to keep EMDR can be integrated into a phased treatment.
Spierings J. (2008). Stabilization, a structured program of assessment and intervention. In: Ten Broeke, E. De Jongh, A., & Oppenheim, H. EMDR Practice Book. Amsterdam: Harcourt
Keywords: Children Dissociation Six Tests Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]
Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Lansing, K. (2012, Novembro). Depois que baixa a poeira! Estratégias de tratamento de TEPT induzido pelo cumprimento do dever para combatentes e pessoal de salvamento [After low dust! Strategies for treatment of PTSD-induced greeting duty for fighters and rescue personnel]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Keywords: Fire Fighters First Responders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Erdmann, C. (2005). Die beeinflussung chronischer schmerzen durch psychologische, schmerztherapisverfahren und EMDR [The influence of psychological chronic pain, chronic pain procedures and EMDR]. Institut fur Traumatherapie.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Das in den 80er Jahren von der amerikanischen Psychologin Francine Shapiro veröffentlichte Verfahren EMDR (Eye Movement and Desensitization and Reprocessing) beinhaltet als zentrale Komponente, dass die Aufmerksamkeit des Patienten sich auf eine traumatische Erinnerung und die damit verbundenen Gedanken und Gefühle richtet, während gleichzeitig rhythmische Augenbewegungen induziert werden. (Shapiro 1998)
EMDR eignet sich signifikant gut zur Behandlung der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTBS). Hierbei handelt es sich um ein Störungssyndrom, meistens bestehend aus vegetativer Übererregtheit, Erstarrung, Schlaflosigkeit, Angst und Depression, das häufig auftritt nach sehr belastenden Ereignissen oder starken Bedrohungen, wie z.B. schweren Unfällen, Naturkatastrophen, Folter, sexuellem Missbrauch, Vergewaltigungen, usw.
Das Störungsbild der PTBS zeigt große Ähnlichkeiten mit dem Chronischen Schmerzsyndrom. Chronischer Schmerz kann als eigenständiges Trauma gelten mit dem eigenen Körper als Opfer und Täter. Oft finden sich auch Traumata im Vorfeld oder begleitend. Chronischer Schmerz ist signifikant assoziiert mit Posttraumatischer Belastungsstörung, mit Angsterkrankungen, Depressionen und weiteren psychischen Störungen.
EMDR wird inzwischen auch mit guten Erfolgen eingesetzt bei anderen Erkrankungen, z.B. Suchterkrankungen, Depressionen, Angst- und Zwangsstörungen. Überzeugende Erfolge stellen sich ein bei der Behandlung auch sehr kleiner Kinder mit unterschiedlichen psychischen Erkrankungen. (Tinker, Wilson 1999)
Bislang gibt es aber noch relativ wenig Forschungen über die Wirksamkeit von EMDR bei Akutschmerz, bei Chronischem Schmerz und im Bereich der Psychosomatik. Es ist allerdings bekannt, dass EMDR sich bei Akutschmerz eignet zum Abbau der den Schmerz häufig begleitenden Angst und darüber hinaus bei Chronischem Schmerz zur Erhöhung der Schmerztoleranz, zu mehr Entspannung, zu positiven kognitiven Strategien, zu Desensibilisierung und zur Ablenkung. (Groth, Rogers 1994).
EMDR führt zu nachweislichen neurologischen Veränderungen und damit einhergehenden vom Patienten berichteten positiven Veränderungen im Beschwerdebild. (van der Kolk 2000)
EMDR lässt sich nach ersten Untersuchungen ebenfalls erfolgreich einsetzen zur Behandlung von Phantomschmerzen. (Wilson nach Tinker, Wilson 2000).
That in the 80s by the American psychologist Francine Shapiro published procedures EMDR (Eye Movement and Desensitization and Reprocessing) includes as a central component that the patient's attention on a traumatic memory and associated thoughts and feelings directed, while rhythmic eye movements be induced. (Shapiro 1998) EMDR is significantly well to the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This is a disorder syndrome, consisting mostly of vegetative over-arousal, numbness, insomnia, anxiety and depression that occurs very often after stressful events or severe threats, such as serious accidents, natural disasters, torture, sexual abuse, rape, etc. The disorder of PTSD shows great similarities with the chronic pain syndrome. Chronic pain can be considered as a separate trauma of his own body as victims and perpetrators. Often also found in the run or incidental trauma. Chronic pain is significantly associated with post traumatic stress disorder, with anxiety disorders, depression and other mental disorders. EMDR is now used with good results in other diseases, such as Addiction, depression, anxiety and compulsive disorders. Convincing results are adapting to treat even very young children with different mental disorders. (Tinker, Wilson 1999) So far there is relatively little research on the effectiveness of EMDR in acute pain, Chronic pain and in the field of psychosomatic medicine. However, it is known that EMDR is suitable for acute pain to reduce the pain often associated with anxiety and also to increase the pain Chronic pain tolerance, more relaxation, positive cognitive strategies to desensitization and distraction. (Groth, Rogers 1994). EMDR leads to demonstrable neurological changes resulting from the patient and reported positive changes in symptoms. (Van der Kolk 2000), after initial investigations EMDR can also be used successfully to treat phantom pain. (Wilson to Tinker, Wilson 2000).
Keywords: Chronic Pain Chronic Pain Protocol Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. Stone, C., & Goode, P. (2012, October). Dilemmas of using EMDR in time limited environments. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Applying EMDR standard protocol in time limited settings with clients who have experienced multiple traumas, often in childhood and combined with disrupted attachments, poses an ongoing clinical challenge. It is necessary to continue to explore ways in which such clients might benefit from EMDR whilst keeping the client ‘safe.’ This presentation seeks to offer some practical EMDR strategies, which have been found to be effective with such a client population in these settings, accompanied by case studies.
Keywords: Time-Limit Constraints
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Forgash, C. (2010, September/October). Dissociation in the dental chair: Implications for the EMDR treatment of health issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment is effective in dealing with many health problems (exacerbated by dissociation)encountered by many complex trauma clients. The negative sequelae of abuse on the physical and mental health of these clients includes flashbacks and dissociative episodes. They are frequently avoidant of health care, which can lead to further consequences. This presentation will focus on expanding the EMDR Preparation Phase; presenting strategies to deal with dissociation, emotional issues, and PTSD symptoms. The Desensitization and Reprocessing Phase will deal with earlier traumatic events, health issues and current and past dissociative events which are frequently at the root of these problems.
Keywords: Dissociation Health Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Fraser, G., & Welburn, K (1999, November). Dissociative table technique: Guided imagery strategy for PTSD with dissociation. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In keeping with the theme of bridging gaps across disciplines, the
Dissociative Table Technique brings to this trauma conference a
strategy from the field of dissociative disorders. This therapeutic
adjunct has been used by many therapists over the past 10 years
for managing dissociated ego states in trauma victims who also
have dissociation as part of their clinical picture. This strategy has
been used with dissociative disorders, Ego-State therapy and more
recently in conjunction with EMDR for patients having dissociative
state alterations in addition to their PTSD. This guided
imagery strategy provides a protocol for clinical intervention in
such clients and will provide an additional therapeutic adjunct for
trauma workers when PTSD is complicated by dissociative pathology.
Based on gestalt, guided imagery and hypnosis strategies, the
Dissociative Table Technique assists the clinician to bring order to
the random dissociation which can complicate therapy in such
cases. Also clients can be taught to become aware of and integrate
dissociated ego states. This strategy must be carefully considered as
it can have a profound effect on the dissociative processes. It is
advised that it only be employed by clinicians whose fields permit
hypnosis-based therapy.The workshop will commence with a therapeutic
rationale for this technique followed by an outline of the
clinical application. Included will be a video introducing the technique
in a clinical case. The video will be followed by a second
speaker discussing possible applications to EMDR. Useful suggestions
for utilizing EMDR in this trance-prone population (those
with dissociation in addition to PTSD) will be addressed in addition
to presenting clinical examples in which the Dissociative Table
Technique was integrated with EMDR in appropriate clinical
groups.
Keywords: Dissociative Table Technique Dissociation Guided Imagery Poster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Manfield, P. (2003, September). Don’t go with that!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
For some elients and in some situations, "Go with that" is not effective. In these situations "go with that" will lead to looping at best, but most
likely to a flat unproductive session or the opposite, an unfinished session with many new and sometimes only loosely related unresolved issues. In this workshop, we will identify these clients and those situations. Using video, structured role play, and transcripts, participants will learn strategies for elaborating targets for these clients that will minimize the occurrence of these situations, and for effectively responding to these situations when they do occur.
Keywords: Go With That Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming
for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves
dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented
memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My
experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that
it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to
the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which
are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase
in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the
further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal-
~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop
highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise
for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies
that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such
clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth
Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined
knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology,
information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic
psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory,
mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture
growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic
factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types
of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway
toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource
installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window
of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of
rational and experiential processing systems and others, which
will be explored in the course of this workshop
This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists,
who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance
and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop
as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate
their current ways of working.
The specific learning objectives for this workshop are:
1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant
to the work with trauma.
2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity.
This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific
(and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to
EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. London, R. T. (2005, February). Dr. London replies. Clinical Psychiatry News, 33(2), 8.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Thank you kindly for your thoughtful letter. Even though so much of psychiatry has turned to medication management, it's wonderful to know that there are psychiatrists out there who realize the interrelatedness of scientific medicine, the wonderful value of talk therapy strategies, and the greatness of the human spirit in achieving changes in behaviors. I'd even like to think this can be done under the same psychotherapeutic roof.
Keywords: Letter
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Smith, G. (2004, September). Effectively applying 8 phases of EMDR to any age child or adolescent. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide a comprehensive system for effectively applying the eight phases of the EMDR protocol with any age client. Participants will learn: 1) Three critical components of effective EMDR Case Conceptualization with children; 2) Steps to take in the Preparation Phase to ensure optimal client safety and treatment effectiveness; 3) Age-based variations for doing BLS and obtaining the Picture, NC, PC, VOC, Emotions, SUDS, and Physical Sensations; 4) Strategies for facilitating optimal processing with children, including strategies for intervention when processing is blocked or looping; 5) Closure and reevaluation strategies for enhancing treatment effectiveness with children.
Keywords: 8 Phases Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Dworkin, M. (2006, June). El cuestionario EMDR v.6 de autoconocimiento para clínicos [EMDR v.6 questionnaire for self-awareness for clinicians]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Para comprobar un conocimiento creciente de cómo los estados antiguos y
dependientes de memoria pueden ser activados; para poder valorar que es lo que
proviene del clínico y qué proviene del cliente; para desarrollar estrategias relacionales
de EMDR. Muchos problemas pueden ocurrir en la fase 1 cuando el cliente aporta
información que suscita un arousal negativo; o en la fase 2, cuando el cliente tiene
dificultades en entender los elementos de preparación o desea avanzar procesando el
trauma de forma prematura; o en la fase 3, cuando existe un problema que subyace a la
pieza de valoración. Muchas veces la información del cliente puede que no despierte un
arousal negativo hasta llegada la fase 4, cuando el cliente está procesando activamente.
Muchas veces, nuestros desencadenantes provienen de nuestros recuerdos antiguos.
Estos recuerdos pueden ser explicitados; y otras veces siguen implícitos (memoria
somatosensorial). Observando estos momentos en uno mismo puede ayudarle en la
continuidad de un proceso productivo.
To verify an increased awareness of how ancient states and
dependent memory can be activated, in order to evaluate what they
from the clinician and what comes from the client to develop relational strategies
EMDR. Many problems can occur in phase 1 when the client brings
information that raises a negative arousal, or in phase 2, when the client has
difficulties understanding the items you want to advance preparation or processing the
trauma prematurely, or in phase 3, when there is a problem underlying the
piece of assessment. Many times the customer information may not appeal to a
negative arousal to arrival phase 4, when the client is actively processing.
Many times, our triggers memories from our past.
These memories can be made explicit, and sometimes they are implicit (memory
somatosensory). Looking at these moments can help yourself in
continuity of the production process.
Keywords: Clinicians Questionnaire Self-Awareness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Albers, J. (2008, June). EMDR & cue exposure – How cue exposure catalyses the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol to diminish craving. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A structured six-session group therapy has been developed for overcoming craving. Treatment is
based upon a standard EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure techniques. The EMDR protocol
supported by cue exposure catalyses the recovery process as follows: In the very beginning the
participants are taught a set of three ideodynamic resources for coping with the urge to drink. Then
they are exposed to alcohol until the urge to drink reaches it´s peak. At this moment they are taught
to initialize the standard EMDR protocol - with continued exposure to alcohol. Subsequently, the
power of desensitisation and reprocessing followed by one ideodynamic strategy influences the
intensity of craving significantly. Craving symptoms diminish and finally disappear. In addition to that
new experience the clients acquire greater and deeper knowledge about their personal drinking
triggers. They also find out which strategy is the most effective one for each specific trigger. A
strategy, which works well with one trigger, may not work with a different one. Workshop
participants will learn the system of using cue exposure as a powerful cognitive interweave. This
program is designed to improve the treatment of various types of addiction, such as gambling, etc.
and can easily be integrated into existing EMDR treatment strategies.
Keywords: Cue Exposure
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Galvin, M. (2003). EMDR & EP: Accelerating and decelerating strategies. In J. Hartung & M. Galvin, M. (Eds.), EMDR and energy psychology: Combining forces to optimize treatment. New York: Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
A clinician may treat an agoraphobic
person in his or her house at first, thereby
delaying the additional stimulation, or the
more powerful triggers, involved with
having to leave home to go to the
therapist’s office for the initial sessions.
Keywords: Accelerating Strategies Decelerating Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing theory: A comprehensive approach to child psychotherapy. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, (1), 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the
reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To
understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is
important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing
(AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the
application of AIP to children, the chapter will continue with an overview of skills therapists can
use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with
references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists
will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through
developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Capezzani, L. (2012, June). EMDR and cancer patients: Effetcts on PTSD and their illness coping strategies [EMDR y pacientes con cáncer: Efectos sobre el TEPT y sus estrategias de afrontamiento de la enfermedad]. Presentation at the Annual Meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The
nature
of
this
study
is
both
observational
and
clinical.
On
the
one
hand
it’s
aimed
to
see
how
the
criteria
of
PTSD
(DSM-‐IV,
2000)
are
represented
in
traumatized
cancer
patients
in
between
two
different
illness
stages
-‐
medical
treatments
and
medical
follow-‐up
stages,
-‐
and
to
see
witch
coping
strategies
are
used
by
these
patients
with
PTSD
in
each
stage.
On
the
other
hand
it’s
aimed
to
know:
a)
whether
CBT
integrated
with
EMDR
produces
different
effects
on
PTSD
in
between
the
two
illness
stages
and
their
specific
coping
strategies;
b)
whether
CBT
with
EMDR
and
CBT
without
EMDR
produce
different
effects
on
PTSD
and
on
the
coping
strategies
within
the
only
medical
follow-‐up
stage.
All
31
subjects
were
recruited
randomly,
10
for
treatment
stage,
11
for
follow-‐up
stage,
both
receiving
CBT
and
EMDR,
and
10
for
a
follow-‐up
stage
treaty
with
CBT
and
no
EMDR.
CAPS
and
COPE
were
used
to
assess
PTSD
and
coping
strategies
respectively.
Results
show
similar
changes
in
between
the
two
illness
stages
after
CBT
with
EMDR,
and
different
ones
within
the
follow-‐up
stage
depending
on
whether
CBT
with
EMDR
or
without
EMDR
was
used.
This
may
suggest
considering
PTSD
such
a
disorder
that
removes
specific
stage
demands/threats
of
cancer
illness,
just
described
in
literature,
as
well
as
the
more
functional
coping
for
each
of
them.
You
may
instead
claim
that
only
CBT
with
EMDR
allows
cancer
patients
to
overcome
the
PTSD
and
consequently
retrieve
selective
specificity
in
coping
strategies
for
each
stage.
La
naturaleza
de
este
estudio
es
tanto
observacional
como
clínica.
Por
un
lado,
pretende
ver
como
se
representan
los
criterios
del
TEPT
(DSM-‐IV,
2000)
en
pacientes
con
cáncer
traumatizados
entre
dos
fases
diferentes
de
la
enfermedad
–
fases
de
tratamientos
médicos
y
seguimientos
médicos
-‐
,
y
ver
qué
estrategias
de
afrontamiento
son
usadas
por
estos
pacientes
con
TEPT
en
cada
una
de
estas
fases.
Por
otro
lado,
pretende
saber:
a)
si
la
TCC
integrada
con
EMDR
produce
efectos
diferentes
sobre
el
TEPT
entre
las
dos
fases
de
la
enfermedad
y
sus
estrategias
de
afrontamiento
específicas;
b)
si
la
TCC
con
EMDR
y
la
TCC
sin
EMDR
producen
efectos
diferentes
sobre
el
TEPT
y
sobre
las
estrategias
de
afrontamiento
tan
sólo
dentro
de
la
fase
de
seguimiento.
Cada
uno
de
los
31
sujetos
fueron
seleccionados
aleatoriamente,
10
para
la
fase
de
tratamiento,
11
para
la
fase
de
seguimiento,
ambos
grupos
recibiendo
TCC
y
EMDR,
y
10
para
la
fase
de
seguimiento
con
TCC
y
sin
EMDR.
Se
utilizaron
CAPS
y
COPE
para
evaluar
el
TEPT
y
las
estrategias
de
afrontamiento
respectivamente.
Los
resultados
muestran
cambios
similares
entre
las
dos
fases
de
la
enfermedad
después
de
la
TCC
con
EMDR,
y
cambios
diferentes
en
la
fase
de
seguimiento
en
función
de
si
se
utilizaba
la
TCC
con
o
sin
EMDR.
Esto
puede
sugerir
que
se
ha
de
considerar
al
TEPT
como
un
trastorno
que
quita
específicas
demandas/amenazas
de
cada
una
de
las
fases
de
la
enfermedad
del
cáncer,
tal
y
como
se
describe
en
la
literatura,
así
como
el
afrontamiento
más
funcional
para
cada
una
de
ellas.
En
vez
de
eso,
se
puede
afirmar
que
tan
sólo
la
TCC
con
EMDR
permite
a
los
clientes
superar
el
TEPT
y
consecuentemente
recuperar
especificidad
selectiva
en
estrategias
de
afrontamiento
para
cada
fase.
Keywords: Cancer Coping Strategies Illness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Black, A. (2010, March). EMDR and CBT - Burt and Ernie or Punch and Judy? - a joint treatment approach with complex children and adolescent trauma. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Are EMDR and CBT sworn enemies or best friends? This
workshop will through teaching, case presentation and small group exercises explore how
Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) and EMDR can function as a seamless therapeutic
treatment model with children and adolescents of all ages.
Participants will:
• Develop an understanding of what factors constitute complex trauma in children
and adolescents and the hurdles it presents to effective treatment in EMDR.
• Discover what strategies the CBT model can offer in relation to engagement, goal
setting and relapse prevention as part of EMDR treatment.
• Practise designing behavioural experiments for children and adolescents to equip
them to test and apply their new learning following EMDR reprocessing.
• Learn how to utilise the CBT cycle model in providing a rationale for EMDR
treatment for children, adolescents and parents and post EMDR treatment
understanding and consolidation of change.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Joint Treatment Approach Adolescents Children Cognitive Behaviorial Theapy Trauma Treatment Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. Herbert, C. (2001, May). EMDR and CBT interweave. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cognitive interweaves are strategic interventions, whose utilisation relies upon therapist
recognition of their necessity at given times during the EMDR procedure, and their effective
use requires skilled therapeutic judgement and the introduction of the appropriate clinicianled
cognitive material in order to counteract the blocked processing. The use of cognitive
interweaves therefore diverges from the established EMDR protocol by introducing therapist generated
material rather than just following the clients spontaneously processed material. It will be argued in this presentation that, due to the divergence from the established EMDR
protocol, the effective implementation of cognitive interweaves, requires the knowledge of
additional therapeutic strategies, predominantly those used in Cognitive Behaviour
Therapeutic (CBT) approaches, which may not be readily accessible to EMDR practitioners
not trained in this approach. This presentation aims to bridge the gap between the
traditionally 'too-heavily protected' territories of CBT and EMDR, by introducing some CBT
strategies, such as 'Socratic Questioning (Padesky, 1993)' or the Cognitive 'Separation of the
Past from the Present (Herbert & Wetrnore, 1999'), which might be usefully drawn on, in
order to generate effective cognitive interweaves during the use of EMDR. Clinical examples from the presenter's work, as an UKCP Accredited Cognitive Behavioural Therapist and a
Level 2 trained EMDR Practitioner, with clients suffering from complex PTSD, will be
explored.
Keywords: CBT CBT Interweave Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming
emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR
therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement
to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to
The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the
person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but
rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent
and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial
reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate
the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure
the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that
suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity
The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory
language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool
enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative
reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and
setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space
is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility
of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the
drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what
has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description
without interpretation. The represented Image is treated
as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is
asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and
on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral
stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked
what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person
now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person
may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of
image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets,
an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource.
The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological
conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials,
particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation.
Learning objectives:
1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through
graphic and video material of clinical cases.
2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value
to the classical protocol.
3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions,
with particular emphasis on dissociative states.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR
protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising
it, and creates a bridge of communication between the
self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return
to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Dissociation Drawing Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Forgash, C. A. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Theoretical overview, diagnostic approach, and client preparation for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) the fundamentals of Ego State theory, and application of Ego State work; 2) case conceptualization from an integrated Ego State/EMDR model; 3) how utilization of the Ego State model can prevent EMDR treatment failures; and 4) a variety of Ego State therapy strategies for helping prepare all clients for the EMDR protocol.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. Ostacoli:, L., Bertino, G., & Faretta, E. (2013, June). EMDR and health: EMDR brief treatment in medical conditions with a high emotional charge: A possible challenge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Stress and high emotional situations such as complex traumas have a negative influence on the psycho – physiologic adaptive process to illness. If these experiences are not elaborated, they could be stored as dysfunctional memories causing psychophysical vulnerability. EMDR treatment requires a proper detection and reprocessing of stressing memories in present and past events and in future templates, handling worries and fears.
Treatment protocol for serious medical diseases will be presented, focusing in the domains of Multiple Sclerosis and Oncology. Starting from the person and his system (biopsychosocial model), the main interest will be placed on case conceptualization and preparation of the project with EMDR, and then the identification of targets for further processing. From here, through the exposure of specific cases treated, we will work on bodily symptoms (the feeling perceived) through floatback to promote the connection of memories. The presentation of the research project and the first data obtained will follow.
The design helps the person to relate themselves to the traumatic material as something that they can see, represent, touch, by sharing and by exploring their resonances with the therapist; the design provides an emotional containment that allows the processing of intense emotions, reduces significantly the risk of dissociations, and allows the recovery of creative resources.
The fundamental aim of the model is to facilitate the building of a constructive relationship with themselves and with the “sick body”, by elaborating the traumatic events that have led to a dysfunctional self-image and explored, strengthened their resources with the aim of building the “navigation tools” and an effective “first-aid kit” for times of crisis. It will be presented the model of the intervention and the strategies proposed and used, through the presentation of clinical cases.
The analysis of the success factors and of the difficulties encountered will allow us to define a possible direction for future brief interventions with patients affected by complex organic diseases.
Learning objectives:
To learn EMDR protocols adapted to deal with serious medical illnesses such as Cancer and Multiple Sclerosis;
To analyse the therapeutic process by narrative and graphic material; and
To learn specific features to deal with fears of loss and impairment
Keywords: Disease Medical Illness Multiple Sclerosis Oncology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives:
What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning;
Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population;
Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group
Keywords: Grief Mourning Resourcing Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. McGuinness, D. P., & Charest, L. (2003, September). EMDR and the integrated diagnostic treatment of somatic complaints. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is designed to prepare clinicians to utilize EMDR in an integrated diagnostic approach with medical professionals for clients with somatic complaints. Participants will learn to explain the principles of emotional pain manifesting itself in physical symptoms and
the use of EMDR to facilitate a breakthrough in the patient's overall treatment. Participants will practice a working protocol for treating somatic complaints with EMDR. Participants will also learn cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the movement of somatic complaints. Participants will have the opponunity to practice these skills in small groups.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Somatic Complaints
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Korn, D. L. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan in working with adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Individuals with histories of chronic victimization often struggle with extreme vulnerability and shame, heightened dissociative tendencies, and limited affect tolerance. In considering their unique needs, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Fears and blocking beliefs commonly seen in this population will be discussed, along with suggestions for effective cognitive interweave interventions. In addition, significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment. This program will include lecture, videotape presentations, and case discussion.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients
suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization
and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been
proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more
complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment
of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research.
Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD,
trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse
and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented
EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development
and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised
affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the
various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are
reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD
are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.
Keywords: Childhood Trauma Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD DESNOS Psychotherapy Research Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Donovan, L. (2002, June). EMDR and traumatized children/adolescents: Systemic affect regulation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Developmental and systemic perspectives support incorporating the caregiver/family in EMDR treatment of children and adolescents to
maximize efficacy and minimize risks. Participants will learn to: 1)
identify multiple options, risk factors, and guidelines (eg, for timing,
sequencing, identifying the need for EMDR/RDI in the traumatized parent/caregiver as well as the child); 2) identify strategies to maximize vicarious
processing, and promote resource development and affect regulation in
the caregiver/family; 3) define with the family ways to provide safety,
take rerponsibility and guide choices; and 4) utilize the nartural relational
context to develop affect regulation in the child/adolescent.
Keywords: Adolescents Affect Regulation Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Nickerson, M. (2008, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry and violent behaviors. This workshop will include an initial review of the issue’s prevalence, common dynamics, and historic intervention strategies. The underaddressed role of trauma often driving these tendencies will be illuminated. Primary focus will be on the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and a metaphor based guide to case formulation will be highlighted. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. Clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points, including video taped case material.
Keywords: Angry Behaviors Violent Behaviors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
85. Mitchell, J. T., & Solomon, R. M. (1995, June). EMDR applications to critical incident stress management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A critical incident is any situation that causes unusually strong emotional reactions that have the potential to interfere with a person's
ability to function immediately after the incident or later. These are situations that overwhelm a person's sense of vulnerability
and/or control.
A critical incident stress debriefing (CISD) is a psychoeducational group meeting or discussion about a traumatic incident which
ideally takes place within 72 hours of the event. The goals of a CISD are to mitigate the psychological impact of a traumatic event,
prevent subsequent development of a post-traumatic syndrome, accelerate recovery, and serve as an early identification mechanism
for people who need further follow-up, including EMDR.
The steps of a CISD include:
1) introduction - to introduce the intervention team, explain the process, and set expectations.
2) fact - to describe the event from each participant's perspective on a cognitive level.
3) thought - to allow participants to describe cognitive reactions and to transition to emotional reactions.
4) reaction - to identify the most traumatic aspect of the event for participants.
5) symptom - to identify personal symptoms of distress and transition back to the cognitive level.
6) teaching - to educate as to normal reactions and adaptive coping strategies
7) reentry - to clarefy ambiguities and prepare for termination; access for follow-up.
In the opinion of the authors, the CISD facilitates the processing of the traumatic information before it becomes crystallized in
dysfunctional form.
EMDR can be very effective shortly following a CISD, and is particularly usehl for participants who are experiencing distress or
intrusive symptoms after the CISD. The CISD structure helps the participant understand the traumatic impact of the incident and
provides support and guidance toward adaptive resolution. The EMDR process begins where the CISD leaves off. The CISD helps
to delineate the traumatic image, negative cognition, and emotions associated with the event, making the subsequent EMDR process
more efficient. EMDR appears to have a very powerful and rapid effect after the CISD, perhaps, because of the initial processing.
In other words, the CISD initiates an adaptive processing of the traumatic information; EMDR completes it.
EMDR can be implemented individually immediately following the CISD, or the next day. While the CISD is a group process,
EMDR is an individual method. EMDR can be explained during the teaching phase of the CISD or after the CISD to the whole
group, but EMDR treatment is done individually and privately. EMDR can go beyond a CISD in targeting previous traumas that
may underlie the current incident, delve deeper into the meaning of the incident for the person, and target specific stimuli that are
relevant to the individual (e.g. Smells, tastes, etc.).
The workshop will discuss the application of EMDR to critical incidents. The protocol for recent events will be reviewed.
Guidelines for negative and positive cognitions will be discussed. For example, a critical incident usually involves issues of
responsibility ("Is it my fault?"), Safety ("Am I safe?"), And/or control ("Do I have choices in life?). It is important that such
dynamics are understood when formulating the negative cognition.
The dynamics of fear, a framework for understanding a critical incident and resolving issues of vulnerability and powerlessness, will
be presented. The model discusses the importance of going beyond defining the moment of peak stress to elucidating subsequent
thoughts, actions, and decisions. The implications for cognitive interweaves will be discussed.
Keywords: CISM Critical Incidence Stress Management Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
86. Lawrence, M. A. (1999, June). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to use the ego state
bridge technique in order to have more compete
knowledge of what issues and experiences may
manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) be able to use the ego stale bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets (e.g., when SUD level is not subsiding); 3) know how to work with a patient to formulate the patient’s ego state system; 4) be able to identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) be able to combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; 6) be able to identify and access appropriate resource ego state which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state; and 7) be able to use a variety of general and specific EMDR techniques and strategies more effectively by using ego state psychotherapy principles as a guiding metamodel.
Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Giannantonio, M. (2003, May). EMDR as an assessment tool in complex models of post-traumatic states. In Dissociation and theoretical models. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Though EMDR is normally conceived as a psychotherapeutical approach or, at least, as a clinical method with psychotherapeutical aims, any EMDR practitioner also knows it’s a useful means to make subtle diagnostic remarks on the client.
Despite its importance, this matter has never been methodically studied in depth, but it’s informally discussed among clinicians when exchanging subtle pieces of information on micro-interventions and strategies employed in everyday practice.
My purpose is therefore to make a report on EMDR as an assessment tool. Some cases will show how a full comprehension of EMDR as an assessment tool requires much more complex etiological and maintenance models of post-traumatic disorders than usually seen in part of the literature.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Rougemont-Bucking, A. (2010, June). EMDR based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Background: EMDR has been recognized to be an efficacious
treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Other,
more recent indications comprise anxiety disorders and substance
use disorders (SUD). With regard to SUD, the application of EMDR
iS very challenging as patients frequently suffer from many
comorbidities. Another concern is the fact that the dissociative
experiencing during EMDR-sessions can potentially weaken the
patients' coping strategies and provoke relapse through activation
of intense drug craving.
General procedure. Sessions were proposed once a week. Specific
techniques like 'Safe Place', the technique of absorption, heart coherence training and ClPOS were applied prior to proposition
of the standard EMDR-protocol. Drug consumption and craving
was regularly monitored by means of the patents' self-reports
and drug craving scores. The therapist was regularly supervised
on the basis of video recordings.
Patient 1: A 49 year old man being diagnosed for PTSD and dependency
of opiates and benzodiazepines asked to benefit form
EMDR with regard to his PTSD symptoms. Patient was abstinent
from heroine consumption but consumed midazolam 3 times per
week when entering the therapy. Initial evaluation showed an
Impact of Event Scale (IES) score of 60, a Dissociative Experiences
Scale (DES) score of 39.6 and a midazolam craving score of 14.
Patient 2 :A 37 old man was diagnosed for borderline personality
disorder and for dependency of opiates. Heroine consumption occurred 1 to 3 times per month when starting the therapy
EMDR based therapy was proposed as he complained about
pertinacious insomnia due to trauma-like events during his childhood.
Initial evaluation showed a DES score of 7.8 and a heroine
craving score of 17.
Global impression: EMDR based treatment of severely affected
SUD patients appears to be a difficult and challenging endeavor
However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug
consumption can be observed. A long stabilisation phase seems
to be mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needs to be
conducted with much flexibility as patients were not able to handle
intensive emotional stress for a long time period. There was
no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse.
Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions
and dissociation could be absorbed with specific techniques without
increasing permanently drug craving.
Learning objectives:
1. EMDR-based treatment is feasible in severely affected drug
abusers
2. Extensive stabilisation of the patient using flexible adaptation
of EMDR-related techniques is mandatory
3. Dissociation occurring during treatment has to be addressed
carefully as it can easily bridge into drug craving and relapse
What is unique: EMDR-based treatment may be a suitable way
to treat patients who are still abusing drugs as these interventions
focus on maladaptive associations that arise from both trauma
and substance related cues.
Keywords: Drug Abusers Heroine Psychotraumatic Antecedents
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt.
De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek.
In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen.
Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan.
Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling.
Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt
Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast.
Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Spierings, J. (2005, November). EMDR bij gecompliceerde rouw [EMDR with complicated grief]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In de workshop komt het volgende aan de orde: basisconcepten en psychodynamiek van rouw, grondhouding van de therapeut, theorieën m.b.t. hechting en verlies, behandelstrategieën en behandeltechnieken (rituelen, EMDR, Gestalt, metaforen, schrijfopdrachten, spirituele interventies). Het theoretisch kader wordt naar de praktijk vertaald d.m.v. verhalen en casusmateriaal.
In the workshop, the following order: basic concepts and psychodynamics of mourning, the attitude of the therapist's theories on attachment and loss, treatment strategies and treatment techniques (ritual, EMDR, Gestalt, metaphors, writing, spiritual intervention). The theoretical framework is translated into practice through stories and case material.
Keywords: Complicated Grief
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Withers, D. (2001, June). EMDR bilateral movement groups for children with ADHD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will teach experientially how to run therapy groups for children. Specifically, it will teach Resource Installation through Dance/Movement Therapy techniques utilizing EMDR protocol, how to deal with disruptive behaviors by empowering children to come up with their own coping strategies for themselves and each other; and how to identify, locate, and regulate feelings in their bodies.
Keywords: Bilateral Children Dance Movement Therapy: Groups Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Leeds, A. (2011, August). EMDR Case Conceptualization and Treatment Planning: How AIP leads to divergent strategies in different cases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians seek guidance with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the AIP Model with adult attachment classification. Case examples illustrate clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. This presentation proposes a symptom informed approach for cases with an Axis I focus – PTSD, depression, specific phobias and panic – from parallel models of de Jongh (2010), Korn (2004) and Leeds (2004, 2009). Criteria from Korn (2004, 2009), Leeds (2009) and Hofmann (2004, 2005) indicate when to consider containing and deferring reprocessing early life experiences in complex cases – personality disorders and complex PTSD.
Keywords: Adult Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Kiessling, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR case conceptualization from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many understand the EMDR Approach to Psychotherapy, many do not fully understand the power of using core beliefs as the focal point of their EMDR case conceptualization. This workshop, through lecture, case examples and practice, will assist EMDR Trainers, Approved Consultants, Certified therapists and the newly trained EMDR therapists, in understanding the EMDR Approach, based upon the AIP model, from the core belief perspective. Using this core belief focus, targeting sequence plans will be designed, necessary and/or needed resources will be developed, and intervention strategies anticipated to help facilitate processing.
Keywords: Core Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
94. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases.
The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of
protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases.
The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated
information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning
indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses.
A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and
cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma
with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of
the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction.
Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources
present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies.
Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting
disturbing memories.
Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the
Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the
biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect
theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and
emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts
is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders.
Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry
Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with
Marguerite McCorkle.
Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental
issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to
a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.
Keywords: Case Formulations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Post, L. L. (2000, September). EMDR case study: Micronesia. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 4-5.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
As a physician board-certified in Psychiatry,
Addiction Medicine, Addiction
Psychiatry, Sexology, Traumatology, and with
credentials in Massage Therapy, EMDR, and
as a Forensic Examiner, I have worked in
almost every practice setting imaginable and
with a broad variety of patients. Having been
based from a hospital, community clinic,
halfway-house residence, private office,
Veterans Administration Medical Center,
training institution, and doing outreach on the
streets, I am clinically familiar with the
behavioral challenges of children, adolescents,
young adults, old adults, couples, families, and
groups manifesting acute symptoms and
exacerbations of chronic disorders, with and
without chemical dependency, physical
problems, and sociological impairments. I like
to teach trainees, do interactive lectures, travel
and experience ‘difference.’ It is thus that I
have found myself a settled homeowner on
Saipan, a Manhattan-sized island that, as part
of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands (U.S.), is the farthest-flung American
overseas possession. Always the outsider; here
among the various tan tones of complexion
found among the indigenous of the western
Pacific, I have experimented with several
interventional strategies, both to establish
rapport and some trust and also to start creating
that unique and culturally competent treatment
modality that will foster growth among my
patients. Cognitive-behavioral approaches
generally work better than insight-oriented
ones because of the ‘here-and-now’ mindset
of Chamorros, Carolinians, Yapese, Chukese,
Pohnpeians, Kosraeans, and Filipinos who
comprise the population base here. Let me
briefly discuss one fascinating case. Twenty two
year old Chamolinian woman, married and
with three young children was involved in a
minor motor vehicle accident. This accident was
a spinoff of a more serious one primarily
involving two other vehicles. In a large truck
(Toyota T100), she was not hurt, and the two
children riding with her were also unharmed.
Keywords: Case Study Micronesia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Dworkin, M. (2006, September). The EMDR clinician and the challenging client: How to improve relational responsiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address
clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with, both before and during an EMDR
session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these mornents and learn strategies to overcome
potentla1 moments of misattunements. These
strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps
Outline in preparation for anticipated problems;
applied R/D/I strategies for compartmentalizing
activated clinician state dependent moments in
session; and using a variation of cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent
collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self
Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a
method of enhancing these awarenesses.
Participants are invited to bring their most
challenging cases to work on.
Keywords: Challenging Client
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. Freitag, W., & Swan, S. (2011, August). EMDR consultation: Comprehensive review and new directions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Consultation is vital to the proper training and professional development of EMDR therapist. Effective consultation can aid in the development of highly competent EMDR therapists, which is always the goal. Although the general goals of consultation may seems clear; the purpose, role and implementation of consultation at the differing credential levels have caused confusion for many EMDRIA Approved Consultants (AC). This workshop will provide both comprehensive reviews of clinical and administrative issues of the four types of consultation conducted by Approved Consultants. The clinical review includes, but is not limited to, the level of competency, skills and capabilities that should be demonstrated at each credential level. The administrative review will include organizational strategies for effective evaluation and record-keeping, as well as the formal documentation requirements of EMDRIA.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. St. André, É. (2010, Avril/Mai). EMDR dans le traitement d’un trouble obsessif compulsif: Une étude de cas [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder: A case study]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Le trouble obsessif compulsif (TOC) est un trouble anxieux généralement chronique se présentant avec des obsessions récurrentes tel des idées persistantes, des images mentales et des compulsions (suivant les obsessions) tel des actes physiques ou mentaux répétitifs.
Dans cet atelier, le médecin fournira des indications cliniques sur son utilisation de l’EMDR dans le traitement d’un patient souffrant de TOC, et donnera quelques exemples tirés de la pratique d’autres cliniciens, en sus d’une révision des notions de base utiles à la compréhension du TOC (théorie neurobiologiques, épidémiologie, etc.).
La présentatrice tentera de souligner ce qu’il y a d’unique dans l’utilisation de l’EMDR dans le traitement de l’OCD, les difficultés rencontrées et les solutions utilisées dans ce cas précis. Elle décrira l’utilisation de la méthode de traitement standard en 8 étapes dans un cas spécifique, et dans les modalités de temps (passé, présent, futur), Nous verrons l’identification des cibles de traitement, et la gestion des symptômes de TOC qui entravent le fonctionnement quotidien des patients affectés. Nous verrons aussi les défis proposés par cette population, en clinique. Les participants pourront utiliser certaines stratégies dans un exercice pratique. (Tous les niveaux)
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) is an anxiety disorder typically presenting with chronic recurrent obsessions such persistent ideas, images and mental compulsions (as obsessions) as acts of physical or mental patterns. In this workshop, the doctor will provide information on clinical use of EMDR in treating a patient suffering from OCD, and provide some examples from the practice of other clinicians, in addition to a review of concepts useful background for understanding the TOC (theory neurobiology, epidemiology, etc..). The presenter will attempt to highlight what is unique in the use of EMDR in the treatment of OCD, the difficulties encountered and solutions used in this case. She will describe the use of the method of standard treatment in 8 steps in a specific case and in terms of time (past, present, future), we see the identification of treatment targets, and management of symptoms of OCD which hinder the daily operation of affected patients. We will also see the challenges offered by this population in clinical practice. Participants may use certain strategies in a practical exercise.
Keywords: Case Study Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. Hartung, J. (2007, Novembero). EMDR e Psicologia de la Energía [EMDR and the psychology of energy]. Pós-Conferência presentación en el Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
John Hartung, Psy.D. tem trabalhado há mais
de dez anos em 25 países como clínico e treinador
de EMDR. Defende o uso do EMDR para eliminação
de sintomas assim como para o aprimoramento
do pensamento, emoções e comportamentos
positivos. John tem observado que a aplicação
do EMDR pode avançar se outras estratégias forem
utilizadas em conjunto com EMDR, tais como
aquelas idealizadas para a contenção de emoções
intensas (“ab-reações”), que ocorrem
freqüentemente no EMDR. Com o aumento da
contenção emocional, certos riscos vinculados ao
emprego do EMDR por profissionais também são
reduzidos: 1) EMDR pode ser utilizado com
populações mais vulneráveis e que
tradicionalmente tem sido excluídas do
tratamento com esta abordagem, e 2) os
terapeutas têm menor relutância em expandir o
seu alcance. Entre as estratégias e táticas a serem discutidas
e apresentadas neste workshop estão:
respiração terapêutica e parassimpática,
treinamento em coerência cardíaca da tradição
Heartmath, métodos baseados na medicina
chinesa, e métodos especiais para o uso de
estimulação bilateral do EMDR de forma mais
lenta e menos intensa.
John Hartung, Psy.D. has worked for more ten years in 25 countries as an EMDR clinician and trainer. Advocates the use of EMDR for disposal
of symptoms as well as for the improvement
of thought, emotions and behaviors
positive. John has observed that the application
EMDR can move forward if other strategies are
used in conjunction with EMDR, such as
those envisioned for the containment of emotions
intense ("ab-reactions") that occur
frequently in EMDR. With increasing
emotional restraint, certain risks linked to
use of EMDR professionals are also
reduced: 1) EMDR can be used with
vulnerable populations and
has traditionally been excluded from
treatment with this approach, and 2) the
therapists are less reluctant to expand
their reach.
Among the strategies and tactics to be discussed
and presented in this workshop are:
breathing therapy and parasympathetic
training in cardiac coherence of tradition
HeartMath, methods based in medicine
Chinese, and special methods for the use of
bilateral stimulation of EMDR more
slow and less intense.
Keywords: Energy Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. Tonetti, F. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e trauma complesso in adolescente [EMDR and trauma in adolescents complex]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
N. è stata portata in Italia a 14 anni con l’illusione di lavorare come baby sitter, finisce invece vittima dello sfruttamento sessuale organizzato e per circa un anno subisce violenze sessuali, fisiche e psicologiche. Con forza e coraggio notevoli, riesce a fuggire, nuda, da un’auto dove stava subendo l’ennesima violenza. Ha gravi lesioni sul corpo, viene soccorsa e portata in ospedale, dove decide di denunciare i suoi vittimizzatori.
Il caso finisce alla Procura del Tribunale per i Minorenni e N. viene collocata, sotto falso nome, in una comunità.
Il mio primo contatto con la ragazza avviene quando ha 16 anni ed è in comunità da cinque mesi. Presenta ancora i sintomi invadenti del PTSD: flashback, incubi, panico, pensieri ossessivi, isolamento, distacco emotivo che a volte la fa apparire molto calma, sovreccitazione. Non sa controllare gli impulsi e regolare le emozioni: passa dalla rabbia, che sfoga picchiando pugni contro il muro fino a ferirsi o spaccando tutto ciò che le capita sotto mano, alla eccitazione, alla depressione con sentimenti di inutilità a vivere, di colpa e di vergogna (sintomi di PTSD Complesso). Propongo e spiego da subito l’EMDR ritenendo che sia l’unico approccio terapeutico utile; stabiliamo piano terapeutico e N. esprime il suo consenso al trattamento. Particolare attenzione, data la problematicità, alla fase di preparazione e stabilizzazione. Nell’anamnesi emerge primo trauma a 10 anni, prima ricorda di essersi sentita amata e protetta. Rafforzo queste esperienze positive che diventano risorse in suo possesso. Fondamentale si rivela la psicoeducazione sui disturbi: N. accoglie con sollievo l’idea che non è “pazza” o “indemoniata” ma solo traumatizzata. Immaginiamo comportamenti alternativi per esprimere le emozioni e strategie di coping.
Posto al Sicuro: servono due sedute per stabilizzare e installare il posto al sicuro.
Il protocollo EMDR sarà applicato fedelmente nelle sue fasi; i target del passato affrontati in ordine cronologico.
N. è sempre partita da 1 nella scala VoC e da 10 nella SUD; ha concluso tutte le sedute con SUD: 0 e VoC: 6 /7. Ha avuto abreazioni e una volta ha chiesto di fermarsi: la NC era”sto per morire”.
Sono stati raggiunti, dopo 10 mesi di terapia, gli obiettivi del piano terapeutico: la sintomatologia post-traumatica si è risolta dopo otto sedute.
No was taken to Italy 14 years with the illusion of working as a babysitter, instead ends up a victim of sexual exploitation and organized for about a year suffer sexual violence, physical and psychological. With remarkable courage and strength, manages to escape, naked, from where a car was undergoing yet another violence. He has serious injuries on the body, is rescued and taken to hospital, where he decides to denounce his victimization.
The event ends at the General Prosecutor of the Juvenile Court and N. is placed under a false name, in a community.
My first contact with the girl when she is 16 years and is shared by five months. Still has the intrusive symptoms of PTSD: flashbacks, nightmares, panic, obsessive thoughts, isolation, emotional detachment that sometimes makes it appear very calm, excitement. Can not control impulses and regulate emotions: anger passes, which unleashed banging his fists against the wall until injury or cracking everything that happens at hand, the excitement, depression with feelings of futility in life, guilt and shame (symptoms of complex PTSD). Propose and explain EMDR now believing it is the only therapeutic approach useful, we establish a treatment plan and N. expresses its consent to treatment. Particular attention, given the problematic, the preparation and stabilization. Nell'anamnesi apparent trauma to the first 10 years, first recalls that she felt loved and protected. Reinforces these positive experiences that become resources in their possession. Reveals the basic psychoeducation about the disorder: No welcomes with relief the idea that is not "mad" or "possessed" but traumatized. Imagine alternative behaviors to express emotions and coping strategies.
Safe place: it takes two sessions to stabilize and secure way to install.
The EMDR protocol is applied faithfully in its early stages, the targets of the past dealt with in chronological order.
No always started from a ladder in VOC and 10 in South, has completed all the sessions with SUD: 0 and VOC: 6 / 7. Abreactions and had once asked to stop: the NC was "I am going to die."
Were achieved after 10 months of therapy, the goals of treatment plan: post-traumatic symptoms resolved after eight sessions.
Keywords: Adolescents Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. Monteiro, A. M. (2012, Novembro). EMDR em posturas e movimento: Estados de ego e memórias não verbais [EMDR in posture and movement: Member of ego and non-verbal memories]. In EMDR e memórias. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neste trabalho serão apresentadas estratégias de exploração de postura e espaço para acesso a memórias não verbais, características de ICES incompletos e frequente expressão de Estados de Ego infantilizados, primitivos. Esses casos geralmente refletem transtornos dissociativos mais pronunciados, com desafios para terapeuta montar protocolo clássico.
In this work we will present strategies for posture and space for access to non-verbal memories, characteristics of ICES incomplete and frequent expression of Ego States childish, primitive. These cases generally reflect more pronounced dissociative disorders, with challenges to mount therapist classic protocol.
Keywords: Ego States Nonverbal Memories Posture Standard Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Dworkin, M. (2003, September). EMDR from the heart: A relational view of healing traumatic memories. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many memories, explicit and implicit, and their concomitant sensations, are stimulated intersubjectively, spontaneously, and continuously, forming a multiplicity of feedback loops from clinician to client. This workshop
1s designed to raise the awareness of the clinician's witting and unwitting
participation in these processes. Transferential remarks may become sources of potential targeting, which may spontaneously bring the client back to old unfinished material. Somatosensory countertransferential
reactions may serve as sources of rich data to identify and work out blocks at a moment that a session seems to stall. The Relational Interweave, a relatively new intersubjective strategy, takes reactions of
clinician and client into account and opens opportuntities for new and
more powerful links to positive neural networks enhancing the work.
This workshop will teach rapid methods of identifying and sequencing
and intervening in these intersubjective processes.
Keywords: Relational Interweave Relational Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. Liz Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). EMDR i klinisk praktik [EMDR in clinical practice]. Studentlitteratur, Holmberg: Lund.
Language: Swedish
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR är en evidensbaserad metod för att behandla PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder). Emellertid kan EMDR tillämpas på ett betydligt bredare sätt. Många av de besvär som människor bär på har inte orsakats av något livshotande trauma men kan förstås utifrån att plågsamma minnen inte kunnat bearbetas. Författarna använder en enkel, rättfram framställning med många kliniska exempel. Vanliga nybörjarfel och missuppfattningar illustreras, men boken lyfter också fram sådant som underlättar bearbetningen av plågsamma minnen. Terapeuter och klienter berättar om egna erfarenheter på ett instruktivt sätt. Läsaren får följa tillämpningen av EMDR-protokollet genom samtliga åtta faser – från den första anamnesdelen till den avslutande behandlingsutvärderingen, och får praktiska råd såsom ”Vad du än gör, gör inte så här!” Boken ersätter inte en grundkurs i EMDR eller Francine Shapiros ursprungliga bok, men är ett utmärkt komplement, en handbok med konkreta förslag, väsentlig vägledning, och strategier för att undvika vanliga fallgropar i EMDR- arbete med vuxna klienter.
EMDR is an evidence-based approach to treating PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder). However, EMDR applicable to a much broader way. Many of the problems that people carry has not been caused by something life-threatening trauma but can be understood from the painful memories could not be processed. The authors use a simple, straightforward production with many clinical examples. Frequently nybörjarfel and misconceptions illustrated, but the book also highlights things that facilitate processing of painful memories. Therapists and clients talk about their experiences in an instructive way. The reader may follow the application of the EMDR protocol through all eight phases - the first history part of the final treatment evaluation, and get practical advice such as "Whatever you do, do not do this!" The book does not replace a basic course in EMDR or Francine Shapiro's original book, but is an excellent addition, a handbook of practical suggestions, guidance material, and strategies for avoiding common pitfalls in EMDR work with adult clients.
Keywords: Practice
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Bohm, K. (2011, June). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen.
Learning objectives:
Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken.
Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.
In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation.
Learning objectives:
An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions.
The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Bohm, K. (2012, September). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Vortrag auf der Jahrestagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft Zwangserkrankungen Münster, Deutschland.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen. Learning objectives: Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken. Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.
In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation. Learning objectives: An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions. The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Children Bridging Technique Incomplete Sessions Interweave Strategies Resource Development Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic
target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of
thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques
for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Adults Blocked Processing Bridging Children Incomplete Sessions Resource Installation Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Hofmann, A. (2013, June). EMDR in the treatment of Depression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Scientific studies of EMDR have shown that it is one of the most effective tools to treat posttraumatic stress disorder. One of the lesser known properties of EMDR is that it also seems to be an effective psychotherapy method in a number of disorders that may have part of their origins in stressful memories. One of these disorders is chronic depression.
Severe depression is one of the most common mental disorders and affects between 5-15% of the general population in their lifetimes. Although many psychotherapeutic and pharmacologic interventions exists that are considered to be effective in depression, the treatment is less than satisfactory. High relapse rates (ranging at 50% after two years), unsatisfactory remissions and suicidal risks are among the major problems.
Research shows that there may be a link between traumatic events (like abuse experience in childhood) and the later occurrence of a depressive disorder. However there is no published systematic study that tries to explore the potential use of trauma-specific treatments like EMDR with depressive patients.
The presenter will report the status of research on the subject, and will talk about possible EMDR strategies that have shown to be useful in depressive patients.
Learning objectives:
Understanding the relationship of trauma and depression;
Creating a treatment plan for depressive patients following the AIP model; and
Find strategies to deal with relapsing and chronic depression
Keywords: Depression Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. Korn, D. (2008, September). EMDR Master Series - I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the challenges of working with clients raised in invalidating environments marked by deprivation and neglect. With significant disruptions in attachment (caregivers who were unpredictable, rejecting, frightening or frightened) and without the experience of a secure base from which to explore the world, such individuals often fail to develop a sense of object constancy and permanence and the capacity for reflection and metacognition. They lack self-compassion, self-confidence, and the capacity to self-regulate. They are often plagued by a profound sense of aloneness, shame, and self-hatred, denying their needs or convinced that their needs can never be met. Together, we will examine the ways in which EMDR can be utilized to promote the development of a secure, coherent sense of self. Protocol adaptations and cognitive interweaves to address feelings and beliefs associated with invisibility, unworthiness, and core badness will be highlighted. Cases will be presented with accompanying videotape segments, highlighting EMDR developmental repair strategies.
Keywords: Masters Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. Laliotis, D. (2007, September). EMDR master series – I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma, but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious, but nonetheless, a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.
Keywords: Masters Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Zangwill, W. (2004, September). EMDR master series– I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many therapists erroneously think of EMDR as the phase of treatment involving eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR treatment begins the moment there is contact between client and clinician. From first contact, to target assessment, from bilateral stimulation to reevaluation, effective EMDR processing depends on a case formulation that enables the clinician to vary EMDR implementation depending on the client's underlying issues and maladaptive coping strategies. Using discussion, videotapes and live demonstration, this presentation will provide the EMDR clinician with an increased ability to recognize and target both the clients' painful memories and their underlying blocking beliefs. In every aspect of EMDR, from developing a therapeutic relationship to choosing targets, from obtaining negative and positive cognitions to developing cognitive interweaves, and even knowing when to restart bilateral stimulation, developing and using a conceptual framework will enable the EMDR clinician to provide much more effective treatment.
Keywords: Master Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. Shapiro, R. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
A clear and comprehensive guide to using EMDR in clinical practice. This edited collection—a follow-up to Shapiro’s successful EMDR Solutions—presents step-by-step instructions for implementing EMDR approaches to treat a range of issues, written by leading EMDR practitioners. The how-to approach, mixed with ample clinical wisdom, will help clinicians excel when using EMDR to treat their clients. The units include:
A comprehensive compendium of EMDR interventions for Depression, it begins with Robin Shapiro’s Assessment, Trauma-Based and Endogenous Depression chapters, continues with Jim Knipe’s Shame-Based Depression chapter, and ends with Shapiro’s Attachment-Based chapter.
The eight chapters of the Eating Disorder unit cover all the bases. From etiology to neurology through Preparation phases and treatment strategies, you’ll learn how to work with Bulimia, Anorexia, Body Dysmorphia, Binge Eating Disorder, disorders of Desire and more. Andrew Seubert is the ring leader. The other writers are Janie Scholom, Linda Cooke, Celia Grand, DaLene Forester, Janet McGee, Catherine Lidov, and Judy Lightstone.
Performance, Coaching, and Positive Psychology unit emphasizes strengths, skills, focus, and whatever gets in the way of reaching the goal. David Grand shares his foundational 15 Strategies for Performance enhancement. Ann Marie McKelvey integrates EMDR with Coaching and Positive Psychology.
The Complex Trauma unit includes Katie O’Shea’s useful and user-friendly Preparation Methods and Early Trauma Protocol, Sandra Paulsen and Ulrich Lanius’s brilliant collaboration Integrating EMDR with Somatic and Ego State Interventions, Liz Massiah’s hair-raising Intrusive Images chapter, and Shapiro’s treatment strategies for OCPD.
Robin Shapiro gives an overview of Medically-Based Trauma and her strategies for successful treatment of Multiple Chemical Sensitivities. Katherine Davis shows us how Post-Partum “Depression” is often treatable Post-Partum PTSD.
Ronald Ricci and Cheryl Clayton tell us how to use EMDR in our work with Sex Offenders and their complete therapeutic milieu.
Martha S. Jacobi develops our “third ear” for using EMDR with Religious and Spiritually-Attuned clients.
Keywords: Depression, Eating Disorders, Performance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR
processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change
and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from
other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation)
will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making
within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress
with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given
conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different
types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each.
Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both
didactic and video material.
Learning Objectives:
• Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment
decision-making during an EMDR session.
• Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice)
reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points.
• Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal
of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance.
• Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal
experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies).
• Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies,
completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.
Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource
durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive
favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration.
Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de
la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision
‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment
suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour
déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou
approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas
comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR.
• Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité,
contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les
blocages.
• Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance
émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de
tolérance.
• Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides
et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes).
• Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de
compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les
dommages survenus au cours du développement.
Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Gomez, A. (2012, May). EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children: Complex trauma, attachment, and dissociation. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This is the first book to provide a wide range of leading-edge, step-by-step strategies for clinicians using EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system. Written by an author internationally known for her innovative work with children, the book offers developmentally appropriate and advanced tools for using EMDR therapy in treating children with complex trauma, attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies, and compromised social engagement. The book also presents the theoretical framework for case conceptualization in EMDR therapy and in the use of the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model with children.
Principles and concepts derived from the Polyvagal Theory, affective neuroscience, attachment theory, interpersonal neurobiology, developmental neuroscience and the neurosequential model of therapeutics, which can greatly support and expand our understanding of the AIP model and complex trauma, are presented. The text also offers an original and pioneering EMDR therapy-based model to working with parents with abdicated caregiving systems. The model is directed at assisting parents in developing the ability for mentalization, insightfulness, and reflective capacities linked to infant's development of attachment security.
A unique and innovative feature of this book is the masterful integration of strategies from other therapeutic approaches, such as Play therapy, Sandtray therapy, Sensorimotor psychotherapy, Theraplay and Internal Family Systems (IFS), into a comprehensive EMDR treatment maintaining appropriate adherence to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology.
Key Features:
•Provides creative, step-by-step, "how-to" information about the use of EMDR therapy with children with complex trauma from an internationally known and innovative leader in the field
•Explores thoroughly the eight phases of EMDR therapy in helping children with attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies and high dysregulatio
•Incorporates adjunct approaches into a comprehensive EMDR therapy while maintaining fidelity to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology
•Contains an original EMDR therapy-based model for helping parents with abdicated caregiving systems to develop metalizing and reflective capacities
Keywords: Adjunct Approaches Attachment Children Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. Holmshaw, M. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women within primary care settings is often
estimated to be as high as 42% with vaginismus, pain with intercourse, anorgasmia and lack
of sexual desire being most commonly reported. Additionally, major clinical complaints
among women often centre on their dissatisfaction with such non-genital behaviours as
affection, communication, and non-genital touching, as well as issues of attraction and
passion. Despite this high prevalence of sexual disorders, and the use of psychotherapy and
sexual therapy in treatment the problems women experience,this is a frequently neglected
area of both research and development of new treatment tdchniques. In fact, referring to
vaginismus, some authors conclude the basic strategies and methods for assessing and
treating vaginismus were proposed by the early 20th Century and have not essentially
changed.
This paper discusses an alternative approach to treatment vaginismus and "sexual phobia" in
women. By way of case study material, the use of EMDR in combination with sensate focus
techniques with partner involvement, is discussed. In a significant number of cases, past
trauma and severe body image disturbances were detected. EMDR was successful not only in
resolving such trauma, but also in correcting distorted body image and enabling imaginary
exposure to appropriate sexual behaviour.
Keywords: Sexual Dysfunction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Rost, C., Hofmann, A., & Wheeler, K. (2009). EMDR treatment of workplace trauma: A case series. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 80-90. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.80.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Violence and aggression in the workplace is an increasing international concern. No studies have yet determined the most efficacious psychotherapeutic strategies to alleviate the consequences of workplace violence, and none have identified interventions that might fortify workers who are repeatedly exposed to danger. This case series describes the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment of seven bank employees and one transportation worker who suffered repeated acute traumatization. The Impact of Events Scale, the Post-Traumatic Stress Syndrome 10-Questions Inventory, and the Beck Depression Inventory were used to measure changes in symptom severity. Results showed that EMDR effectively reduced symptoms and may provide a possible protective buffer in situations of ongoing workplace violence.
Keywords: Bank Robbery Trauma Resilience Workplace Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
119. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles
dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles
importantes.
Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au
cours des différentes étapes du traitement.
This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses,
overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored.
Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
121. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming
the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must
screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely
use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot
EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased
treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID.
Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients
for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase
affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and
orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics
include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect,
and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly
working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden
parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance
to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state
strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources,
maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition,
stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work
within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions
that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the
conference room method and means to trouble-shoot
stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final
phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to :
♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree
of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol.
♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing
EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport,
contain affect, orient to present circumstances,
reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources.
♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery
and ego state interventions for pacing,
fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Wilcox, J. (1994). EMDR with panic disorder: Patients who inhibit anxiety reactions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 9-10.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Introducing EMDR to panic disorder
patients who have been educated in
that reduce anxiety responses can pose some interesting
challenges. Several patients who had
been in therapy with me for a year or
more had learned quite well the skills
of using deep breathing, relaxation,
and cognitive pattern interruption
techniques to inhibit their anxiety
reactions. I discovered how well they
internalized these strategies as we
began the EMDR in
our attempts
to clear the root causes of their
panic disorder.
Keywords: Panic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Cooper, A. (1995, June). EMDR with victims of trauma: Protecting your client, protecting yourself. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an innovative and rapidly expanding new, treatment technique. Therapists are provided with two weekends of intensive
training and encouraged to obtain supervision and be active in peer consultation groups and networks, and work to refine their skills.
It is uncertain what percentage follow through in this regard.
Estimates of the numbers of people who are victims of sexual trauma in our society are staggering (one in 3 girls, one in seven boys).
Research finds that approximately half the people who present for psychotherapy have some sexual trauma in their history. EMDR
has been hailed as an important new technique in facilitating the treatment of those who have been sexually traumatized. With
correct usage, EMDR can greatly facilitate the treatment. At the same time, sexual trauma is a complex and volatile issue and
awkward, poorly timed, or overly simplistic usage of EMDR could potentially lead to adverse consequences for the patient and
treatment. As with any therapeutic technique or paradigm it can only be as helpful as that of the overall treatment. In addition the
mere usage of EMDR will have an impact on the therapy, as well as the therapeutic container, and therapists need to be cognizant of
what that impact will be as well as to be sure that they know how to incorporate the patient reactions into the treatment in a positive
way and not allow them to undermine, or otherwise detrimentally effect both patient and therapist primary therapy goals.
Particularly in these times of increased litigation, malpractice suits, and professional grievances against therapists those
professionals utilizing EMDR would be wise to be aware of the particular risks inherent in the patient population in which they
work, as well as the inherent vulnerability of utilizing a newly developed technique. In treating sexual trauma many experts agree
that the crucible of the therapeutic container- is whether the healing will occur if the therapist sucessfully deals with the
challenges the patient will offer lip. Again how those utilizing EMDR negotiates those challenges may be he difference between a
successful course of therapy and a disaster.
Finally, working with sexual trauma is an emotionally, intellectually, and sometimes physically demanding undertaking. Many
therapists do not fully realize or acknowledge the toll that this type of work exacts and may be blind to the countertransferentia1
responses which arise and how they are communicated to the patient.
In this workshop we will first reveal, some of the current thinking on the primary treatment issues (and obstacles) in therapy with
victims of sexual trauma. We will then examine how and when is the most propitious time to use EMDR with this population and
what reactions patients are likely to have to this type of intervention. Specific ways that EMDR and its implementation may activate
certain issues in sexual trauma victims be elucidated as well as strategies for addressing those issues. Finally participants will
engage in a series of experiential exercises designed to heighten their awareness of their own personal reactions and feelings (i.e.,
countertransference) to working with the intensity of sexual trauma. Once again these potential reactions will be linked to more or
less effective usage of EMDR.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. Fonseca, G. S. (2010, Octubre/Noviembre). EMDR y apego: Conceptualización y estrategias para el abordaje de casos que implican experiencias relativas a la vida intrauterina, nacimiento y primer año de vida de los/as clientes [EMDR and attachment: Concepts and strategies for approaching cases involving experiences in utero, birth and first year of client's life]. Mini curso en el II Congreso Iberoamericano de EMDR y Psicotrauma, Quito, Ecuador.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Keywords: Attachment Birth First Year of Life In Utero
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource.
The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique
Learning objectives:
To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases.
To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol.
To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Drawing Integration Organic Disease Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Horne, B. (2010, April/May). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with affect regulation. It will look at containment in EMDR’s Phases 2 (Preparation) and 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing
2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7)
3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols.
4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods
5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. Goodyear-Brown, P. (2008, January). Empirically informed play therapy inteventions for treating traumatized children, Parts I & II. Presentation at the San Diego International Conference on Child and Family Maltreatment, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: E
vidence Based Practice is the new standard in the field. However, the evidence base regarding trauma treatments for children, particularly young children, is in the early stages of it's evolution.
Recent research related to the neurobiology of trauma, implicit and explicit memory systems and the impact of these dynamics on trauma treatment will be discussed. Treatments with a large evidence base, such as TF-CBT and EMDR will be discussed with a view to how many of the treatment goals can be accomplished and more easily digested by children through the vehicle of play. It is critical that practitioners who serve traumatized children be able to match interventions to treatment goals and symptomatology. Specific play therapy interventions will be tied to treatment goals in an effort to help practitioners expand their repertoires with child-friendly interventions based on the latest research.
The treatment areas covered in this workshop will include helping the client to
1) re-establish a sense of safety and security,
2) learn and practice stress inoculation strategies,
3) identify and confront faulty attributions related to the trauma,
4) restructure distorted cognitions related to the trauma and
5) create a trauma narrative.
Several play therapy interventions will be explained and demonstrated for each of the aforementioned gaols. Children accomplish the hard work of healing from trauma in a gentle, fun and safe treatment milieu. Case vignettes, slides and video clips will augment the didactic presentation. Experiential methods will also be used. Participants should come prepared to play!
Keywords: Children Evidence-Based Practice Play Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Feinstein, D. (2008). Energy psychology: A review of the preliminary evidence. Psychotherapy, 45(2), 199-213. doi:10.1037/0033-3204.45.2.199.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Energy psychology utilizes imaginal and narrative-generated exposure, paired with interventions
that reduce hyperarousal through acupressure and related techniques. According to practitioners,
this leads to treatment outcomes that are more rapid, powerful, and precise than the strategies
used in other exposure-based treatments such as relaxation or diaphragmatic breathing. The
method has been exceedingly controversial. It relies on unfamiliar procedures adapted from non-
Western cultures, posits unverified mechanisms of action, and early claims of unusual speed and
therapeutic power ran far ahead of initial empirical support. This paper reviews a hierarchy of
evidence regarding the efficacy of energy psychology, from anecdotal reports to randomized
clinical trials. Although the evidence is still preliminary, energy psychology has reached the
minimum threshold for being designated as an evidence-based treatment, with one form having
met the APA Division 12 criteria as a “probably efficacious treatment” for specific phobias;
another for maintaining weight loss. The limited scientific evidence, combined with extensive
clinical reports, suggests that energy psychology holds promise as a rapid and potent treatment
for a range of psychological conditions.
Keywords: Energy psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Reamer, F. G. (2004, September). Ethical issues in EMDR: Risk-management implications. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide participants with a comprehensive overview of ethical, malpractice, and risk-management issues encountered in EMDR. Using extensive case material, participants will learn how to handle complex practice-based ethical dilemmas, prevent professional malpractice, and avoid liablity. Emphasis will be on practical strategies designed to protect clients, professionals, and employers. Key topics will include the limits to clients' rights to confidentiality and self-determination, privileged communications, informed consent procedures, the use of high-risk treatment techniques, boundary issues and dual relationships, conflicts of interest, defamation of character, consultation and referral, supervision, termination of services, documentation, and the problem of impaired colleagues. Participants will be provided with a typology of compelling ethical dilemmas and "high risk" areas, and acquainted with practical decision-making strategies.
Keywords: Ethics Risk Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Boyer, W. R. (2007). An exploratory study of the effects of EMDR on state/trait anxiety and anger in adult male sex offenders. Argosy University, San Francisco, CA. ATT 3286571.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The purpose of this exploratory study was to investigate the effects of EMDR
on state and trait anxiety and anger levels associated with developmental
traumas of sexual offenders in outpatient sex offender treatment. A
qualitative component explored the participants' perceptions of their
therapy experiences as helpful in resolving problematic reactive behaviors
linked with the developmental traumas and other negative life experiences.
The male participants ranged in age from 20 to 49 and were self-selected
from a purposive sample of clients receiving treatment in an outpatient sex
offender program in Southwest Florida. From this sample group, N = 17, the
study participants were randomly assigned to one of two treatment
modalities, EMDR or CBT. This exploratory study utilized a
quasi-experimental, mixed methods format to analyze the effects of EMDR on
state/trait anxiety and anger levels. The study utilized both quantitative
and qualitative research strategies to acquire what Webster and Marshall
(2004) described as "the clearest, fullest picture of behavior" (p. 118).
The quantitative analysis of data obtained from the pre and post-testing
found no significant differences between the treatment groups in reducing
state/trait anxiety and anger levels. The analysis of the qualitative
interview data revealed four core themes: Treatment Efficacy, Emotional
Processing, Therapeutic Alliance, and Empowerment. The emergent themes of
emotional processing and the therapeutic alliance have not been fully
explored in sex offender therapy and may warrant further scrutiny.
Additionally, processing of developmental traumas and past victimization has
been avoided or minimized in standard cognitive-behavioral sex offender
treatment contrary to more recent research findings that identify attachment
problems and intimacy deficits as key dynamic risk factors associated with
sexual recidivism (Adams, 2003). The field of sex offender therapy may
benefit from future research that investigates the role of trauma resolution
in mitigating dynamic risk factors that are linked with recidivistic sexual
violence. EMDR may serve as an adjunctive therapy to assist sexual offenders
to effectively process developmental wounds and in so doing target dynamic
risk factors by improving their ability to emotionally self-regulate and
enhance their ability to more fully experience victim empathy and improve
interpersonal relationships. Future sex offender research may benefit from
more expanded investigations of EMDR and other limbic therapies. Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 68(10-B), 2008, pp. 6951.
Keywords: Anger Anxiety Criminals Developmental Disabilities Empirical Study Qualitative Study Outpatients Quantitative Study Sex Offenders Sex Offenses Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Follette, V., & and Smith, A. (2004). Exposure Therapy. In A. Freeman, S. H. Felgoise, A. M. Nezu, C. M. Nezu, & M. A. Reinke (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Cognitive Behavior Therapy (pp. 185-188). Springer.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Exposure therapy has increasingly been used in conjunction with other cognitive—behavioral therapies in a variety of formats and techniques, particularly in the treatment of anxiety disorders. Reasons for the addition of cognitive enhancements to exposure therapy include concerns for client well-being and/or an interest in increasing client willingness to engage the treatment. Other newer therapies such as CPT, ACT, and EMDR, while based in differing theoretical paradigms, incorporate cognitive and behavioral strategies that are consistent with exposure and cognitive change.
Several empirical studies support combinations of exposure and other cognitive—behavioral therapies. However, studies evaluating a possible augmenting effect of other CBT components have generally shown equally promising effects with exposure alone and exposure combined conditions. Further research is needed to more fully understand which components of other cognitive—behavioral therapies are most helpful in addressing concerns of using exposure therapy alone, and the manner in which exposure therapy can be most effectively integrated.
Keywords: Exposure Cognitive Processing Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Inoculation Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Kiessling, R. (2005, September). Extending safe place/resource development protocols to increase client stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many clients are able to immediately access and utilize their safe
place/resource development strategies for EMDR trauma reprocessing, some
are not. This workshop will teach participants the difference between state
and trait change, and how to develop access, utilize, and strengthen a client's
safe place/resource during and between sessions. Clinicians will learn, through
a live demonstration, the extending safe place/resource development
protocols. Clinicians wlll be able to discuss how re-evaluation helps increase
client stability and bullds confidence in their safe place/resource to the point
where they are ready to address their traumatic material with the EMDR
protocol.
Keywords: Resource Installation Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. MacCulloch, M. J. (1999). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 5, 120-125. doi:10.1192/apt.5.2.120.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing
(EMDR) was described by Shapiro (1989a,b)as a new
method for treating post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD). In May 1987, while walking in the park,
Shapiro noticed that her own disturbing thoughts
changed then disappeared "without any conscious
effort" (Shapiro, 1995) when they had been tempor
ally paired with diagonal upward to and fro eye
movements. Over the next six months Shapiro
worked with approximately 70 people to develop a
procedure based on the temporal pairing of
distressing images and thoughts with various eye
movements. Shapiro began to develop strategies to
unblock stalled emotional processing, which was
initiated by EMDR in non-patients. She successfully
tried the method on a Vietnam veteran suffering from
severe PTSD and then embarked upon a trial of
EMDR on a mixed group of victims of rape,
molestation and Vietnam combat trauma. Initially,
EMDR achieved wide recognition as a new break
through treatment for PTSD. This was, in part,
because of very positive early reports (e.g. Wolpe &
Abrams, 1991), but also because the EMDR effect
appeared to occur with unprecedented speed, often
in cases of PTSD that had previously resisted
treatment by many other methods over a long period.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Chemtob, C. (2003). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In B. E. Saunders, L. Berliner, & R. F. Hanson, (Eds.) Child Physical and Sexual Abuse: Guidelines for Treatment (Final Report: January 15, 2003) (pp. 39-42). Charleston, SC: National Crime Victims Research and Treatment Center..
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
EMDR is a multi-component therapeutic procedure for traumatic memories and for posttraumatic
stress disorder (PTSD) that purports to restart and facilitate blocked processing of the
traumatic memory, promote more adaptive cognitions regarding the trauma, and to install
alternate positive cognitions, coping strategies, and adaptive behaviors.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sexual Assault Traumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Combat Veterans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. Fannin, J. L. (1998, February). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of anxiety as it pertains to work-related issues. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9804439.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to determine the effect Eye Movement Densitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has as a treatment protocol on work-related stressors. Today's faster pace, the growing perception of job insecurity, greater demands on the job, and inability to juggle family and work responsibilities has left millions of Americans to experience the debilitating effects of anxiety and stress. Many people lack the knowledge, resources, and strategies to effectively deal with such problems. The issue of stressors in work-related situations is costly and negatively impacts many individuals, organizations, and families. EMDR was found to be both effective and efficient in removing or substantially decreasing anxiety associated with work-related stressors and increase the association to positive cognitions. The data indicated both statistical and clinical improvement in all four areas of measure: subjective units of disturbance (SUD), verification of cognition (VOC), emotional state, and trait anxiety, after EMDR had been administered to members of the experimental group. This study found no statistical significance with these measures as they pertain to the control group. The three null hypotheses were rejected. Several different measures were employed to evaluate the statistical significance of the data produced by this study. Process measures of the verification of cognition (VOC) and subjective units of disturbance (SUD) scales were evaluated through paired sample t-tests. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to evaluate the state and trait anxiety measures. Interactional analysis tested the hypotheses for interaction using repeated measures ANOVA with method and time. Pearson's product moment correlation tested for the association between two variables. Further study is recommended in both the conceptual and theoretical foundations of the EMDR protocol. Such research could lead to more effective and cost-efficient therapy for a wide range of problems affecting the individual, family, and the organization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(8-B), Feb 1998, pp. 4512.
Keywords: Anxiety Empirical Study Eye Movement Desensitization Therapy Occupational Stress Stress Management Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial Workplace Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Clinical implications of an integrated psychotherapy treatment. Directions in Clinical and Counseling Psychology, 11(6), 59-71.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Directions in Clinical and Counseling Psychology: A collection of 12 lessons, this volume covers a wide range of concerns in mental health counseling. The lessons, which may be applied toward continuing education credits, are: (1) "Perspectives on the Essentials of Clinical Supervision" (Stephen A. Anderson); (2) "Adlerian Group Psychotherapy: A Brief Therapy Approach" (Manford A. Sonstegard, James Robert Bitter, Pari Peggy Pelonis-Peneros, and William G. Nicholl); (3) "Substance Abuse Treatment for Pregnant and Parenting Women" (Rivka Greenberg, Judith Fry McComish, and Jennifer Kent-Bryant); (4) "Family Therapy for with Lesbians and Gay Men" (Maeve Malley and Fiona Tasker); (5) "Psychological and Cognitive Correlates of Coping by Patients with Multiple Sclerosis" (William W. Beatty and Brian T. Maynard); (6) "Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR): Clinical Implications of an Integrated Psychotherapy Treatment" (Francine Shapiro and Louise Maxfield); (7) "Counseling Strategies with Women Survivors of Child Sexual Abuse" (Kathleen M. Palm and Victoria M. Follete); (8) "Identifying and Treating Body Dysmorphic Disorder" (Dean McKay); (9) "Masochistic Phenomena Reconceptualized as a Response to Trauma: Recovery and Treatment" (Elizabeth Howell); (10) "Counseling Poor, Abused, and Neglected Children in Fair Society" (Brenda Geiger); (11) "Chronic Fatigue Syndrome: Assessing Symptoms and Activity Levels for Treatment" (Constance W. Van der Eb and Leonard A. Jason); (12) "The Limitations of the DSM-IV as a Diagnostic Tool" (G. J. Tucker); and (Special Report) Jealousy, Communication, and Attachment Style (Laura K. Guerrero). Each lesson contains references. (ERIC ED464 291)
Keywords: Integrative Psychotherapy Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Hase, M. (2007). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in der behandlung der substanzabhängigkeit [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of substance dependency. Alcohol - new strategies for an old problem]. Fachkonferenz der Deutschen Hauptstelle für Suchtfragen e.V., Mannheim .
Language: German
Format: Conference
Keywords: Addiction Alcohol Dependence Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Estergard, L. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of chronic pain. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3336660.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Previous research has indicated that individuals with chronic pain who exhibit adaptive coping mechanisms are more likely to manage their pain effectively. If they experienced little success with pain management in the past, they are not likely to exhibit adaptive coping strategies in the present. However, there remains an important gap in the literature regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a strategy for chronic pain. One purpose of this study was to establish the effectiveness of EMDR in the reduction of chronic pain; another was to examine the relationship between chronic pain intensity and emotion, as suggested by the biopsychosocial model of pain and measured by the Multiple Affect Adjective Checklist-Revised. In this matched 2-group design, participants were matched on pretest chronic pain scores and randomized to EMDR and a delayed treatment group. Pre- and posttreatment chronic pain levels were determined using the Short-Form McGill Pain Questionnaire. Data were analyzed using paired samples t-tests. There was a significant reduction in chronic pain following six EMDR sessions for the participants in the experimental group and the delayed-treatment group. The results also indicated a reduction in dysphoria for both groups following EMDR. The findings may help to clarify whether EMDR is effective in alleviating chronic pain, which may lead to more satisfying lives for patients and their families. This study is an important contribution to the literature and enhances social change initiatives by showing that collaboration between EMDR and other types of treatment may offer more expedient and long-term relief to patients, thus affecting the costs (e.g., health insurance) associated with chronic pain.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Biopsychosocial Models Chronic Pain Coping Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. Hase, M. H. (2006). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing zur beeinflussung des cravings alkoholabhängiger [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing to influence of cravings of alcohol]. Aus der Abteilung PsychosomatischeMedizin und Psychotherapie der Medizinischen Hochschule Hannover.
Language: German
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Klinische Erfahrung und Ergebnisse der experimentellen Suchtforschung weisen auf die
Existenz eines Suchtgedächtnisses hin (Heyne, May et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Spanagel
2001). Nach wie vor ist dies Konzept jedoch umstritten (Böning 2000; Tretter 2000; Wolffgramm
and Heyne 2000). Dabei könnte eine mögliche therapeutische Beeinflussung eines
Suchtgedächtnisses von erheblicher Bedeutung sein. Die etablierten Therapieangebote der
Suchtmedizin versuchen eine angenommene und je nach theoretischem Hintergrund unterschiedliche
Grundstörung zu behandeln, zielen auf ein verbessertes Coping, beeinflussen
aber kaum die zugrunde liegenden Mechanismen der Abhängigkeit sui generis. Eine
tiefgreifende Veränderung der Abhängigkeit ist somit nicht zu erwarten. Vielmehr liegt die
Abhängigkeit beständig „auf der Lauer“ (Böning 2001b). Eine Aktivierung des Suchtgedächtnisses
wird mit dem Phänomen des Suchtdrucks, des Cravings in Verbindung gebracht
und ist hier im Kern der Abhängigkeit, dem Verlust an Kontrolle über das eigene
Verhalten, zu sehen. Die therapeutische Beeinflussung des Cravings wird aufgrund der
großen Bedeutung für eine Abstinenz zum Beispiel bei Alkoholabhängigen intensiv erforscht.
Bisher wurden vordringlich medikamentöse Strategien untersucht. Obwohl hier einige
Fortschritte erreicht wurden (Böning 1999; Croissant 2004; Croissant, Scherle et al.
2004 (b)), können die vorliegenden Ergebnisse noch nicht zufrieden stellen (Wiesbeck,
Weijers et al. 1999; Wiesbeck,Weijers et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Schmidt, Kuhn et al. 2002;
Körkel and Schindler 2003). Zudem ist in Anbetracht des Leib-Seele-Dualismus ein psychotherapeutischer
Ansatz zur Ergänzung der medikamentösen Anti-Craving-Behandlung
wünschenswert. Dabei ist in Anbetracht des intensiven Leidens abhängiger Menschen und
der sozioökonomischen Belastung durch Abhängigkeitserkrankungen eine Effektivierung
der Therapie von großerWichtigkeit.
Clinical experience and results of the experimental addiction research point to the existence of a Suchtgedächtnisses (Heyne, May et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Spanagel 2001). As before, this concept remains controversial (Boening 2000; Tretter, 2000; Wolff grams and Heyne 2000). This could be a possible therapeutic influence Suchtgedächtnisses one of considerable importance. The established treatment of Addiction Medicine offers an accepted and try to treat depending on the theoretical background of different basic fault, are aimed at improved coping influence, but hardly the underlying mechanisms of dependence sui generis. A profound change in the dependence is unlikely to happen. Rather, the dependence is constantly on the lookout "(Böning 2001b). Activation of the Suchtgedächtnisses is the phenomenon of craving, the Cravings brought together and is at the core of addiction, the loss seen in control over one's behavior. The therapeutic influence of craving is studied intensively because of the great importance for abstinence, for example, in alcoholics. So far, urgent medical strategies have been investigated. Although some progress has been achieved here (Boening 1999; Croissant 2004; Croissant, Scherle et al. 2004 (b)), these results may not satisfy (Wiesbeck, Weijers et al. 1999; Wiesbeck, Weijers et al. 2000; Böning 2001; Schmidt, Kuhn et al. 2002; Koerkel and Schindler 2003). Moreover, in view of the mind-body dualism, a psychotherapeutic approach to supplement the anti-craving drug treatment desirable. This is in view of the intense suffering of dependent people and the socio-economic burden of disease, more effective, depending on the treatment of großerWichtigkeit.
Keywords: Alcoholism Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Grainger, R. D. (1992, May). Eye movements: A new psychotherapeutic tool. American Journal of Nursing, 92(5), 18.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The "Dealing with Peelings" series has focused on innovative
methods and strategies for nurses and others to use to better
manage their feelings. This month's installment continues in that
direction, but with a variation. This divergence from the usual
format is because of the significance of a recent discovery which
may potentially alleviate much of the human pain we encounter every
day as nurses.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Brown, L. S. (2002). Feminist therapy and EMDR: theory meets practice. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 263-287). Washington: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter includes a review of certain core concepts of feminist therapy theory and an exploration of how EMDR can be integrated into feminist practice as a means of operationalizing that theory. Because feminist therapy is inherently technically eclectic, embracing interventions ranging from the psychodynamic to the most radically behavioral, the question to be addressed regarding EMDR as a feminist practice is whether its use in therapy supports feminist models of change. In feminist practice, that question is the boundary condition for inclusion of a strategy: Can its use promote feminist models and outcomes? Not every way of practicing therapy does this, and some strategies, particularly those that emphasize strategic approaches in which therapists intentionally use their power over the client, are per se problematic. However, EMDR seems to fall easily within the parameters of feminist practice and even in the hands of nonfeminist therapists advances the goals of feminist social and personal change that are at the core of feminist therapy models. In arguing that EMDR does support feminist strategies, this chapter explores the way feminist practice conceptualizes the notions of change and goodness of outcome. To some degree, these notions are very similar to those of nonfeminist therapies, and in other respects they are radically different. [Text, p. 266]
Keywords: Adults Feminist Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. de Jongh, A. (2010, April). Fijne kneepjes bij angsten en fobieën [Intricacies of fears and phobias]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De fijne kneepjes van het behandelen van angsten- en fobieën
Een fobie is de meest voorkomende psychische aandoening. Het hebben van een dergelijke angst is vervelend en degene die er last van heeft wordt vaak behoorlijk beperkt in het dagelijks functioneren. Omdat angsten meestal ontstaan als gevolg van gebeurtenissen blijkt EMDR – middels het op therapeutische wijze beïnvloeden van de kennisbestanden die daaraan ten grondslag liggen - een bijzonder geschikte behandelaanpak.
Deze workshop is bedoeld voor ervaren therapeuten die hun reikwijdte ten aanzien van behandeling van patiënten met een angst of fobie - al dan niet met behulp van EMDR - verder wil vergroten. De deelnemers krijgen naast tips en ideeën, een nieuwe vorm van casusconceptualisatie en targetselectie aangereikt die vooral bij patiënten met veel vermijdingstendenties effectief is. Daarnaast wordt uitgelegd hoe cognitieve gedragstherapeutische interventies behulpzaam kunnen zijn om de patiënt voor te bereiden op - of te laten wennen aan – toekomstige, potentieel moeilijke confrontaties met de fobische stimulussituatie. Het aangeleerde materiaal - dat wordt ondersteund door videobeelden uit de praktijk - kan direct in de praktijk worden toegepast. Aan de orde komen een grote variëteit aan voorbeelden van behandelingen van patiënten met fobische problematiek: braakfobie, tandartsfobie, stikfobie, kattenfobie en bloed-letsel-injectiefobie. De workshop is geschikt voor behandelaars, zowel op het terrein van volwassenen als kinderen en jeugd.
Het doel van de workshop is deelnemers na de workshop in staat te stellen om:
● fobische problematiek te conceptualiseren in termen van EMDR
● gebruik te maken van een nieuwe methode van casusconceptualisatie en targetselectie voor het behandelen van angsten en fobieën
● de verschillende effectieve componenten van een EMDR behandeling aan te wenden en te integreren (cognitive interweaves, future template, mental video etc.) ten behoeve van de behandeling van angsten en fobieën
● EMDR te combineren met diverse evidence based interventies zoals, copingstrategieën (bijvoorbeeld bij injectiefobie) gedragsexperimenten (bijvoorbeeld bij stikfobie) en applied tension (bij bloed-letsel-injectiefobie)
This workshop is designed for experienced therapists who range in relation to treatment of patients with a fear or phobia - or not using EMDR - continue to increase. Participants receive tips and ideas in addition, a new form of target selection and casusconceptualisatie handed mainly in patients with many avoiding tendencies effective. Besides explaining how cognitive behavioral interventions may be helpful to the patient to prepare for - or get used to - future, potentially difficult confrontation with the phobic stimulussituatie. The learned material - supported by video footage from the ground - straight into practice. It discusses a variety of examples of treatments of patients with phobic problem: empty phobia, dentist phobia, phobia sewing, cats phobia and blood-injection-injury phobia. The workshop is suitable for therapists, both in the field of adults and children and youth.
The aim of the workshop participants after the workshop to allow for:
● phobic to conceptualize problems in terms of EMDR
● Using a new method of target selection and casusconceptualisatie to treat fears and phobias
● the various components of an effective EMDR treatment to use and integrate (cognitive interweaves futures template, mental video etc.) for the treatment of fears and phobias
● EMDR combined with various evidence based interventions such as coping strategies (eg injection phobia) behavioral experiments (eg nitrogen phobia) and Applied tension (In blood-injection-injury phobia)
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Abbott, G. (2005, September). Four methods of target identification and ordering for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present an important review of Phase One of EMDR treatment as it fits within the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The
presenter will describe and analyze four strategies for identifying and ordering
targets for EMDR rreatment. Strategies to be covered are I ) Francine Shapiro's standard method; 2) A time line method, 3) A Genogram method proposed by Maureen Kitchur in her Strategic Developmental Model and 4) A hypnotic
method inspired by Milton Erickson's February Man cases. Analysis of the unique strengths and limitations of each approach will be made. Clinical choices will be outlined with respect to the use of each strategy in light of characteristics of the client, the clinician, and the clinical setting itself. Case examples will be
presented. Handouts wlth guidelines for each method will be distributed. Participants will be invited to engage in imaginal exercises to further the exploration of these strategies.
Keywords: February Man Genogram Maureen Kitchur Milton Erickson Targeting Timeline
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Shapiro, S., & Abbott, G. (2004, September). Four methods of target selection for EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research indicates that adherence to all Eight Phases of EMDR correlates with improved therapeutic results. The Adaptive Information Processing Model contributes to our understanding of this finding. The focus of this workshop will be on the EMDR Phase One imperative of comprehensive evaluation and treatment planning prior to reprocessing. Participant will review 4 strategies for selecting and ordering targets for reprocessing: 1) Shapiro’s "ten most disturbing memories"; 2) A time line method: 3) Kitchur's genogram approach: and 4) hypnotic age-regression strategy inspired by Milton Erickson. The presenters will analyze each strategy, emphasizing its unique strengths, limitations, and vulnerabilities. Participants will engage in interactive exercises.
Keywords: Target Selection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Child Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. York, C., & Leeds, A. (2001, June). Gate theory: An accelerated information processing model for developing functional state change. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A "Gate Theory: will be proposed to synthesize concepts of Attachment Theory, Affect Theory; Discrete Behavioral States, and Short-Term Anxiety-Regulating Psychotherapy, and to help clinicians using EMDR to identify blocks in emotional states and behavioral goals. A protocol be will presented to assist therapists and clients to identify blocks and to develop functional transitions in affect states with the aim of helping clients to achieve behavioral goals and greater emotional well-being. Case examples and videos will be used to demonstrate the protocol and to facilitate the understanding of "targeted material" and strategies to enhance processing information.
Keywords: Gate Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.
Keywords: Basic Protocol Three-Pronged Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. Wesselmann, D. (2003, September). Ghosts in the nursery: Interrupting the cycle of poor parenting. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Parents' earliest experiences in childhood directly impact their attachment
relationship with their own children. The presenter will identify specific
negative cognitions which directly impede parent's interaction with their children. Participants will learn strategies for engaging parents in the therapy and helping parents increase their capacity to attune emotionally and to nurture. The "floatback technique" will be outlined as a method for increasing parental insight and helping parents identify past traumas related to current negative responses to their children, which can then be reprocessed through EMDR. lnstallation of a future template for more effective parenting will also be demonstrated.
Keywords: Negative Cognitions Floatback Technique Parenting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Schneider, C. & Gismondi, M. (1999, February). A guide to the neurodevelopmental "power therapies" and their use in the treatment of PTSD and related somatic complaints . Presentation at the Winter Brain Meeting, Plam Springs, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this four-hour workshop, we will combine hands-on technique demonstration with psychobiological theory concerning the state-of-the-art psychotherapeutic treatment of trauma and related somatization disorders.
Learning Objectives
(1) Understand the significance and evolution of the Power Therapies, i.e., those new or little known trauma psychotherapy techniques that offer significant improvements over traditional methods in terms of the speed, depth and permanence of trauma symptom
reduction while minimizing client retraumatization or destabilization. The original "Power Therapies" categorization was developed by traumatologist Dr. Charles Figley and involves four "cutting edge" trauma psychotherapy techniques, Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy (an accupressure-based desensitization tool) , Traumatic Incident Reduction and Neurolingusitic Programming's Visual-Kinesthetic Dissociation. Protocols for all four methods will be reviewed.
(2) Achieve introductory-level working knowledge of both the techniques, their underlying theoretical rationale and suspected neurophysiological mechanisms of action.
(3) Learn Power Therapy integration strategies and explore their clinical utility.
(4) Become familiar with the concept of the Neurodevelopmental Power Therapy integration strategies, it's roots in the work of Allen Schore, Bruce Perry and Bessel Van der Kolk and it's implications for Neurotherapy and the Neurosciences as a whole.
(5) Review the field experiments of Dr. Schneider combining EMDR with the "crossover point" in alpha-theta training and the possible therapeutic/ scientific synergies between EEG Brainmapping and neurotherapy on the one hand and the neurodevelopmental power therapies on the other.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Neurodevelopment Power Therapies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Healing complex trauma through EMDR, ego state therapy and somasensory work: Healing the heart of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The integration of Ego state and Somatosensory work and EMDR will be
shown to help patients with Complex PTSD repair fragmentation.
disconnections and develop the safety to utilize EMDR successfully.
Although complex trauma victims are seeking help for PTSD. depression and
anxiety, additional trauma responses may lead them to encounter difficulty
in dealing with triggers, stress and relationships.
The sequential exercises presented will provide stability for dissociated
"parts" unable to cope with symptoms.
Learning Objectives include the importance of including information in the
history taking about inability to love. fragmentation, and alienation; defining
and selecting the appropriate ego state/somatosensory/affect
management strategies to help challenging clients.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Ego State Therapy Somasensory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
154. Forgash, C. A. (2005, September). Healing the heart of complex trauma through EMDR, ego state and somatosensory work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is increasingly being utilized to treat highly challenging clients with a
variety of diagnoses including complex PTSD, DESNOS, and a range of
dissociative disorders. The dissociative processes commonly described as
part of the PTSD spectrum, are also predicted by early attachment difficulties
and losses. These clients may present with elements of several disorders (i.e.,
Borderline PD). Without considerable stabilization work, they may be unable
to process information safely. This presentation, through lecture, experiential
work and case presentation, will provide clinicians with a model that enables
them to provide EMDR treatment effectively with this population.
Participants will become familiar with specialized treatment planning that begins with detailed and complex history taking and pays particular attention to an extensive individualized preparation phase. They will learn how and when to integrate ego state work, somatosensory work and disociative treatment strategies in this phase and throughout EMDR protocol work. This systemic work will be understood to help patients resolve internal conflicts, deal with stabilization, affect regulation, triggering, overwhelm, dissociation, and resistance.
Keywords: Challenging Clients Dissociation Ego State Therapy Master Series Somatosensory Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Forgash, C. A. (2004, September). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma victims enter therapy seeking help with the symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. Additional trauma responses lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with trauma as well as with relationships. This can include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship with the victim). Integrating ego state strategies into the preparation phase of the standard protocol results in a safety and stability focused therapeutic approach. The emphasis in this presentation will be on developing interventions that provide stability and reconnection for the aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and life stresses and help clients access/work with their ego state system to desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Keywords: Connections Stability
Accuracy Verified: Yes
157. Dyregrov, A. (2004, Oktober). Hjelper terapi for traumatiserte mennesker? [Does trauma therapy help?]. Tidsskrift for Norsk Psykologforening, 41(10), 787-793.
Language: Norwegian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Denne artikkelen beskriver de psykologiske og fysiske konsekvenser av traumer. Det vurderinger deretter ulike terapeutiske tiltak for posttraumatisk stresslidelse (PTSD). Metoder basert på atferds-og kognitive strategier synes mest effektive i behandling av traumer. Studier har vist at et stort flertall av personer med en eksisterende PTSD diagnosen ikke har PTSD etter opphør av behandlingen. Videre er positiv behandling resultatet tydelig demonstrert lenge etter behandling nedleggelse. Effektiv behandlingsmetoder omfatter eksponering terapi, kognitiv terapi, Eye Movement Desensitisation og Rengjøring (EMDR), og kognitiv atferdsterapi. Nye behandlingsmetoder vil uten tvil utvide antall hvordan PTSD kan behandles, slik at programmer bedre tilpasset behovene til hver enkelt pasient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 TFO, alle rettigheter reservert)
This article describes the psychological and physical consequences of trauma. It then reviews different therapeutic interventions for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Methods based on behavioural and cognitive strategies seem most effective in the treatment of trauma. Studies have shown that a large majority of persons with an existing PTSD diagnosis do not have PTSD after termination of treatment. Furthermore, positive treatment outcome is clearly demonstrated long after treatment closure. Effective methods of treatment include exposure therapy, cognitive therapy, Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR), and cognitive behavioural therapy. New treatment methods will no doubt broaden the number of ways in which PTSD may be treated, allowing for programmes better suited to the needs of each particular patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Literature Review Physical Consequences Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychological Consequences Psychotherapy PTSD Therapeutic Interventions Therapeutic Processes Trauma Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
158. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.
Keywords: Closing Down A Session Complete Sessions Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
159. Leeds, A. M. (2009, August). How to use work samples and case documentation in remote EMDR consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will present practical strategies for Approved Consultants (AC) and applicants for EMDRIA Certification to use written work samples and case documentation to support remote EMDR consultation – via telephone or VOIP (This presentation will present practical strategies for Approved Consultants (AC) and applicants for EMDRIA Certification to use written work samples and case documentation to support remote EMDR consultation – via telephone or VOIP (Voice
Over Internet Protocol) services. By using written case summaries and near verbatim summaries of reprocessing sessions, ACs and consultees can achieve significant gains in understanding and fidelity in application of standard EMDR protocols and procedures.
Sample consultation agreements, written case materials and fidelity checklist will be provided to illustrate the use of written case summaries and near verbatim summaries of reprocessing sessions.
Keywords: Remote Consultation Voice Over Internet Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
160. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during
rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of
video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.
Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research
on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during
trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies.
Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s
Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a
global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s
emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and
psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough
knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity
and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's
wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception.
To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider
and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical
performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the
typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and
specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to
different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.
In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency
scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection
Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local
Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances.
Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team.
During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems
occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the
medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and
strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological
wellbeing of both victims and rescuers.
The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency
scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here
and the ones we will describe during our intervention.
He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field,
and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing
strategies, that can be used by himself as well.
Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as
the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency
activity.
When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with
resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed.
When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or
coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional,
behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to
manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term.
This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s
performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in
different stages after the event.
From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this
with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to
manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable
both to the individual and to the group.
This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from
past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our
research of tools of efficacy.
During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress
Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow
the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management
skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD.
In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for
the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is
important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to
be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and
learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies.
In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological
and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us
to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance
and internal experience of stress.
We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical
events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such
acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the
simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators,
who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong
experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation
of their own stress management skills.
The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers
led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more
accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a
mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through
“seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics
that took place in the scenario.
Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings,
disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT).
The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence
that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the
neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself
acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen
thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex.
Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and
versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic
manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation,
with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and
behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team
work dynamics.
Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual
perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the
movement is really happening.
More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other
operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we
mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the
videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes
recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of
rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting
two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an
emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and
protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages
too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's
coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic
aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.
Keywords: Emergency Workers Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation Rescue-Working Activity Risk Prevention and Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
161. Kiessling, R. (1998, July). Implementing present and future templates (Utilizing the three stage EMDR protocol). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) review the three stage EMDR protocol with emphasis being placed on the technical aspects of identifying and targeting present and future anxiety producing incidents; 2) learn present and future template set-up; 3) discuss how to identify and reprocess additional blocking beliefs or feeder memories that emerge; and (4 through a series of practice vignettes, have the opportunity to brainstorm appropriate targeting strategies and potential blocks to a successful integration of the original positive cognition.
Keywords: Blocking Beliefs Blocks Feeder Memory Future Templates Present Templates Targeting Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
162. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance Poster Self-Regulation Social Functioning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
163. Seedat, R. (2010, July). Incorporating EMDR in IMEGO couple's therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper will look at the effective use of the eight phases of the EMDR protocol in IMAGO therapy. It will be used to provide
theoretical linkages between the use and integration of EMDR and IMAGO in couple’s therapy.
Both these will be understood in relation to how they will help achieve integration with couples at diverse levels. Therapists
will learn how to utilise both modalities (EMDR & IMAGO) effectively. They will understand the use of the touchstone event, to
bring about shifts in individual and couples behaviour. They will also witness that without the use of EMDR the behavioural
change cannot be long term. Capacitate participants in process and strategies for incorporating EMDR into IMAGO couples
therapy practices. Provide participants with practical examples of EMDR and IMAGO through the behaviour change.
Keywords: Couples Therapy IMEGO
Accuracy Verified: Yes
164. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. In Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Consensus Model C-PTSD RDI Resource Development and Installation Treatment Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
165. Colelli, G. (2009, August). Integrating EMDR into a long term psychodynamic treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will cover specific strategies in implementing EMDR into a long-term psychodynamic treatment. Participants will learn how to create a treatment plan integrating EMDR into long-term treatment. The workshop will cover target selection, pacing of treatment, using EMDR with transferences and defenses and processing characterological symptoms to a state of resolution. Participants should be well versed in a psychodynamic method and the use of EMDR. The workshop will be specific to how to integrate the methods for successful, goal-oriented treatment.
Keywords: Psychodyamic Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
166. Colelli, G. (2010, April/May). Integrating EMDR into a long term psychodynamic treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will cover specific strategies in implementing EMDR in the creation of a psychodynamic treatment plan. The workshop will cover target selection, pacing of treatment, using EMDR with transferences and defenses, and processing characterological symptoms to a state of resolution. Participants should be well versed in a psychodynamic method and the use of EMDR. The workshop will be specific to how to integrate the methods for successful goal oriented treatment.
Keywords: Psychodynamic Treatment Plan
Accuracy Verified: Yes
167. Wernimont, T. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR into the treatment of brain injury. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Brain injury is the often overlooked result of abuse, accidents, sports injury, seizure disorder, tumors/surgery, and toxic exposure/overdose. Symptoms from brian injury are often attributed to other causes, including depression, addiction, and even schizophrenia impeding treatment. There will be practical suggestions regarding: 1) assessment for symptoms of brain injury in your population; 2) applying EMDR approach within a comprehensive treatment plan; and 3) how to use strategies to treat symptoms of dysregulation and to reinforce skills. In addition, the cognitive, emotional, behavioral, and social effects of brain injury will be addressed.
Keywords: Brain Injury
Accuracy Verified: Yes
168. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2010). Integrating EMDR into your practice. New York: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract: The book offers practical guidance and strategies to avoid the common pitfalls of EMDR practice through the 8-phase protocol. Chapters will include Frequently Asked Questions about subjects, such as confidence and other 'horror stories' that are often heard by EMDR therapists. The text proposes to guide those therapists into a safer way of working while encouraging them to access accredited training and supervision for their practice. The scope of the book is limited to EMDR practice with adults. It includes case studies that illustrate common pitfalls and strategies for preventing them. There are FAQ's and 'Whatever you do, don't do this' provided for each stage. Narratives from EMDR clients offer insight for the practitioner.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
169. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Inner Child Therapy Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation Protocol RDI
Accuracy Verified: Yes
170. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]
Keywords: Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
171. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy & EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represent life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting infonmtion - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the information from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1) Cognitive Therapy for Personalitv Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813)366-7913; 2) Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
172. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1996, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represen life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting information - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the infonmtion from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813) 366-7913
2)Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
173. Kiessling, R. (2000, September). Integrating the EMDR approach into your clinical practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize the EMDR approach in treatment conceptualization, planning, and reprocessing; 2) learn to identify and integrate their years of clinical training and experience seamlessly into their EMDR treatment sessions; and 3) through a live interactive demonstration, practice advanced cognitive interweave strategies based on their clinican training and experience.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
174. Yordy, J. (2008, Mai). Intégration des techniques de gymnastique cérébrale et de psychologie énergétique afin d’améliorer le traitement EMDR avec les enfants et les adultes [Integrating brain gym & energy techniques to Enhance EMDR processing (for children and adults)]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cet atelier regroupe à la fois des éléments de la théorie triunique du cerveau, la kinésiologie éducative et les développements récents sur le fonctionnement du cerveau. Le matériel présenté aidera le thérapeute EMDR à comprendre pourquoi le retraitement des traumas cesse ou bloque pendant les stimulations bilatérales avec
certains clients lorsqu’il cible du matériel traumatique. L’atelier aborde aussi l’évolution et le développement du cerveau et comment des informations sensorielles envahissantes peuvent déclencher des réactions primaires qui bloquent un fonctionnement adapté du cerveau. Une portion de la discussion portera sur la relation entre
les 3 vecteurs énergétiques du cerveau/corps et leur influence sur le retraitement des traumatismes. Enfin, cet atelier présente et offre des outils et stratégies que les cliniciens peuvent utiliser pour aider leurs clients à être
présents, équilibrés et intégrés au plan énergétique de façon à optimiser le travail avec l’EMDR.
Integrating Brain Gym and Energy Techniques to Enhance EMDR Processing is a presentation which
encompasses the Triune Brain Theory, Educational Kinesiology and recent research on Brain development and functioning. Information will be presented which will help EMDR trained therapists to understand why their clients stop processing while conducting bilateral stimulation for issues related to trauma. This workshop will look at evolutionary brain development and how overwhelming sensory information can trigger the brain into habitual “bottom up” processing which will block adaptive functioning. A discussion of the three energy vectors of the brain/body and their influence on trauma processing will also be correlated. The workshop will end with the sharing of practical, hands on tools which therapists can use to assist clients to become energetically present, balanced and to have integrated brain functioning for optimal EMDR processing.
Keywords: Brain Gym Energy Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
175. Forgash, C. A. (2006, June). The integration of EMDR and ego state. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop, heterogeneous and complex disorders, including PTSD, is a highly complex set of diagnostics was traumatized patients focuses on integrating identity status and EMDR. These problems are usually the people who lived and stabilization to establish a therapeutic relationship to work with, management, heterogeneous resistance to influence symptoms and the need for large-scale preparation.
Availability to work with this self EMDR to integrate in the extended protocol, only the heterogeneous symptoms of PTSD and reach can be disposed much more comprehensive results.
Trauma, loss and the related disorders of the effects of empathy and understanding by working with an approach that meets with the patient and help resolve critical issues of our life plan and create.
Workshops open and clear theoretical base, technical innovation and EMDR and ego state work in the field of practical strategies and case presentations will take place.
With these workshops, participants will understand the following topics
1. Self status of the theory of information processing model can be associated with Apate
2. Foundations of the theory of self status
3. EMDR and the status of all Self reasons
4. Separation and stabilization strategies for specific disorders help to manage
5. Processing phase to be resolved in EMDR trauma provider of advanced techniques assemblies
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
176. Faretta, E. (2004, June). Integration of hypnotic therapy with EMDR for the treatment of panic disorder: Report of twelve single case studies. In anxiety disorders and EMDR (A. de Jongh, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The author describes a special protocol she designed for the psychotherapy of Panic Disorders based upon a precise integration of Ericksonian hypnotic techniques with EMDR. This symposium presentation reports on the results of twelve completed singles cases and four in which treatment will still be ongoing at the time of the conference. This therapy approach is based upon the standard EMDR protocol and it eight phases of treatment. However, a noteworthy aspect of this intervention is the comprehensive management of the panic episodes themselves. This protocol assists the client in learning to cope with all the symptomology related to panic attacks, that is, the physiological, cognitive, emotional, and behavioral aspects. The first panic attach is considered the primary traumatic event. From this beginning point, the client is taught to face, step by step, the subsequent panic attacks utilizing both hynotherapeutic strategies and the EMDE processing. This protocol has permitted the successful processing of the memories related to the panic episodes (including imagining of the entire scene from start to finish), appropriate cognitive restructuring of the elements of irrational fear, and planned exposure through encouragement and support for confronting avoid situations and places. A conclusion of treatment is an agreement to face new situations of life that had seemed impossible before treatment because of the level of fear.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Case Study Hypnosis Integrated Approach Panic Disorder Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
177. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other
cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be
discussed.
1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized.
Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping
skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation,
assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift
negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are
examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals:
- I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better.
- If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure.
- I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right.
- I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything.
Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be
encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc.
2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic
stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues:
- fear/terror and associated avoidance
- sense of powerlessnesshelplessness
- responsibility/accountability
- safety - self, others, environment
- self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable
- lack of individuation
- dependency
- anger
- grief/mouming
- trust/mistrust
- fear of abandonment
- guilt/self-blame
- shame/self-loathing
With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for
supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be
discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing
assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed.
3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and
issues addressed via EMDR include:
- Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development
- Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks
At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and
increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid
in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive
and vital self-image.
The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying
EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
178. Albers, J. (2010, July). The interplay of resourcefulness and resilience in recovery: A six session approach treating addictive behaviour, an extended EMDR protocol. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A structured six-session group therapy has been developed and approved for overcoming craving. The six session protocol
can easily be integrated to well-applied EMDR protocols (DeTur from Popky, CravEx from Haase) supported by systematic
implementation of cue exposure techniques and guided imagery. The EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure catalyses
the recovery process as follows:
At the beginning the patients are taught a set of three ideodynamic resources for coping with the urge to drink; “Rewards
of sobriety”, “Support of relatives and friends” and “Irrepressible commitment to sobriety”. The patients learn rapid activation
of these resources by the use of the “Seven Cue Word Induction–technique” and kinaesthetic bilateral stimulation (SingleblAiR).
Then they are exposed to alcohol until the urge to drink reaches it´s peak. At this moment they are taught to initialize
resourcefulness - with continued exposure to alcohol. Subsequently, the power of one ideodynamic strategy diminishes
the intensity of craving significantly. Craving symptoms finally disappear and are replaced by self-reinforcing thoughts and
feelings due to state dependent learning. In addition to this new experience the patients acquire a high level of self-efficacy
as well as greater and deeper knowledge about their personal drinking triggers. They also find out which strategy is the
most effective one for each specific trigger. After regaining self-control over triggers, the patients are more receptive to
working with their core addiction issues, which have now become easier to treat by especially using Desensitization and
Reprocessing of the Standard- EMDR protocol. Workshop participants will become acquainted with the six-session protocol
by the use of DVD-demonstrations and by practising. In addition they will receive a manual with standardised instructions.
Finally they will also be given the opportunity to participate in a cross-cultural research project proving the effectiveness of
the six-step program which starts in 2011. This approach is designed to improve the treatment of various types of addiction
and can easily be integrated into existing EMDR treatment strategies.
Keywords: Addiction Addictive Behavior Resourcefulness Resilience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
179. Stergiopoulos, E., Cimo, A., Cheng, C., Bonato, S., & Dewa, C. S. (2011, October). Interventions to improve work outcomes in work-related PTSD: A systematic review. BMC Public Health, 11(1), 838. doi:10.1186/1471-2458-11-838.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background:
Posttraumatic stress disorder acquired at work can be debilitating both for workers and their employers. The disorder can result in increased sick leave, reduced productivity, and even unemployment. Furthermore, workers are especially unlikely to return to their previous place of employment after a traumatic incident at work because of the traumatic memories and symptoms of avoidance that typically accompany the disorder. Therefore, intervening in work-related PTSD becomes especially important in order to get workers back to the workplace.
Methods:
A systematic literature search was conducted using Medline, PsycINFO, Embase, and Web of Science. The articles were independently screened based on inclusion and exclusion criteria, followed by a quality assessment of all included articles.
Results:
The systematic search identified seven articles for inclusion in the review. These consisted of six research articles and one systematic review. The review focused specifically on interventions using real exposure techniques for anxiety disorders in the workplace. In the research articles addressed in the current review, study populations included police officers, public transportation workers, and employees injured at work. The studies examined the effectiveness of EMDR, cognitive-behavioural techniques, and an integrative therapy approach called brief eclectic psychotherapy. Interestingly, 2 of the 6 research articles addressed add-on treatments for workplace PTSD, which were designed to treat workers with PTSD who failed to respond to traditional evidence-based psychotherapy.
Conclusions:
Results of the current review suggest that work-related interventions show promise as effective strategies for promoting return to work in employees who acquired PTSD in the workplace. Further research is needed in this area to determine how different occupational groups with specific types of traumatic exposure might respond differently to work-tailored treatments.
Keywords: Employees Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Workers
Accuracy Verified: Yes
180. Lazzari, D. (2008, Novembre). L'EMDR in ottica PNEI (interazione corpo-mente) [EMDR in optical PNEI (interaction body-mind)]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In questi anni l’EMDR si è affermata come trattamento di evidenza nel più classico e più grave dei disturbi direttamente legati allo stress, cioè il PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) e sono stati evidenziati i suoi effetti sul SNC. Nonostante questo ed il suo progressivo impiego in una ampia varietà di situazioni sono ancora poche le riflessioni sull’EMDR dal punto di vista dell’integrazione mente-corpo, in particolare utilizzando i dati offerti dal campo di ricerca della PNEI. Nel presente lavoro ci soffermeremo su alcuni di questi aspetti per evidenziare come l’EMDR rappresenta una delle terapie più rispondenti alle nuove evidenze scientifiche ed alle esigenze di una scienza integrata della salute.
Tre gli elementi salienti offerti dalla ricerca:
1. La vita ha plasmato nel percorso evolutivo strutture altamente integrate, descrivibili come sistemi complessi a rete in retroazione continua con il contesto. In particolare i sistemi nervoso, endocrino ed immunitario costituiscono nel network psicocorporeo un “super-sistema” di relazione e regolazione in grado di assicurare gli equilibri adattativi incorporando l’esperienza e gestendo la dinamica mantenimento-cambiamento (“regolazione allostatica”). Quindi l’organismo non è una macchina fatta di parti autonome tra loro assemblate, ma una realtà che parte dall’unità (zigote) e mantiene tale carattere unitario in tutte le sue articolazioni.
2. Lo stress non è qualcosa di per sé eccezionale e patologico, deve invece essere visto – all’opposto – come l’espressione di un insieme di processi (un sistema) che modulano la regolazione individuo-contesto a fini adattativi. In sostanza il sistema dello stress è sempre attivo e solo in situazioni di eccesso o di carenza (acute o croniche) produce effetti progressivamente dannosi per l’individuo. Le attività legate allo stress producono un “carico allostatico” (peso biologico, energetico) che – in relazione a fattori soggettivi ed esterni – può divenire “sovraccarico” innescando una catena di successive alterazioni nel funzionamento dell’organismo. Parallelamente vi è un “carico” ed un “sovraccarico psicologico” legati al primo da processi circolari.
3. Nel network corporeo e nel sistema dello stress, ovvero nei processi di regolazione generale interni e individuo-contesto, la mente svolge un ruolo cruciale di modulazione come dimensione nella quale i segnali (interni ed esterni) vengono trasformati in informazioni (assegnazione di significati) in base ai percorsi ed alle esigenze individuali di adattamento. La mente rappresenta così la più alta espressione dell’evoluzione della vita e delle sue strategie adattative e ciò spiega il suo ruolo rispetto al funzionamento complessivo dell’organismo. Le recenti acquisizioni delle neuroscienze hanno mostrato l’interdipendenza tra attività psichica, espressione genica e plasticità cerebrale che rende possibile il ruolo della mente.
Il sovraccarico allostatico e psicologico legati allo stress dipendono in gran parte dall’attività mentale e costituiscono il principale fattore di rischio per la salute nelle società occidentali, antecedenti accertati delle patologie più diffuse. Se guardiamo a quanto detto sinora nell’ottica dello sviluppo individuale (fase intrauterina, processi di attaccamento, eventi significativi successivi) possiamo avere una idea di come mente, corpo e contesto interagiscono nella strutturazione dell’individuo ed il ruolo condizionante e de-strutturante delle situazioni e degli eventi che provocano una alterazione da stress. Le ricerche sul rapporto tra stress e sviluppo psicobiologico, tra modalità di attaccamento, strutturazione dei circuiti cerebrali, o tra queste e salute, confermano tali assunti (Lazzari, 2007). Venendo più da vicino all’EMDR, gli studi sulla psicobiologica del PTSD stanno mostrando che siamo di fronte sostanzialmente ad una manifestazione (particolarmente complessa ed accentuata) degli effetti dello stress sul network psicocorporeo (Iribarren et al., 2005). La ricerca sul PTSD (e gli altri disturbi da stress del DSM) deve incrociare necessariamente i filoni di studio sopra richiamati ed utilizzare la cornice concettuale che ne scaturisce.
Gli effetti psicobiologici dello stress estremo e del trauma vanno inquadrati nell’ambito delle
interazioni mente-corpo e della regolazione allostatica (carico vs sovraccarico allostatico).
A nostro avviso, al di là degli specifici effetti sul SNC, l’EMDR si è mostrata efficace nel PTSD in relazione alla sua caratteristica generale di ricercare ed utilizzare come “target” non singoli aspetti di una esperienza, bensì l’esperienza nei suoi diversi aspetti: cognitivi, emotivi, fisiologici e relazionali.
Il lavoro dell’EMR va a recuperare una integrazione perduta e lavora su questa.
Si deve tenere presente infatti che, in via generale e preminente, lo stress compromette i livelli di integrazione, coerenza e flessibilità del sistema: lo stress cronico per processi progressivi di disregolazione, quello acuto per “rotture”, blocchi e sconnessioni. Pertanto l’elaborazione dell’informazione (e delle conseguenze) legata ad eventi e situazioni stressanti passa attraverso una re-integrazione di tutti gli aspetti psicobiologici correlati per giungere ad una ristrutturazione.
Il livello di “penetrazione” (efficacia) di un approccio terapeutico è molto legato alla sua omogeneità con la realtà su cui interviene,cioè al fatto di parlare lo stesso linguaggio.
E questo è un punto di forza notevole per l’EMDR.
I dati disponibili sono coerenti con quanto enunciato: l’EMDR modifica i parametri fisiologici riducendo ed annullando l’attivazione da stress, spostando la bilancia dall’inibizione simpatica all’attivazione parasimpatica (Sack et al. 2007) e risulta associata l’abbassamento dell’arousal fisiologico, cioè con pattern di attività regolari e trofiche (Sack et al. 2008), mostrando similarità con quanto accade durante il sonno REM (Elofsson et al., 2008).
L’EMDR incide altresì su disturbi fisici legati al sistema dello stress, come ad esempio hanno mostrato ricerche su patologie dermatologiche (Gupta, 2002).
In recent years, EMDR has established itself as the treatment of evidence in the most classical and most serious of disorders directly related to stress, that is, PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) and were highlighted its effects on the CNS. Despite this and its progressive use in a wide variety of situations are still few reflections from the perspective sull'EMDR mind-body integration, in particular using data provided by the search of PNEI. In this work we will focus on some of these issues to highlight how EMDR is one of the therapies are more responsive to new scientific evidence and the needs of an integrated science of health. Three main elements of research are: 1. Life has shaped the evolutionary highly integrated structures, we describe how systems
complex feedback network continues with the context. In particular, the nervous, endocrine immune network and provide psycho in a "super-system" of relationship and adjustment
able to ensure the balance incorporating adaptive expertise and managing the dynamic maintenance-change ( "regulation allostatica"). Then the body is a machine made of autonomous parts, assembled together, but a reality that leaves the unit (zygote) and maintains that unitary in all its joints. 2. Stress is not something in itself exceptional and pathological, but must be seen - in contrast -- as the expression of a set of processes (a system) that modulate the individual-regulation framework for adaptive. In essence, the system of stress is always on and only in situations of excess or deficiency (acute or chronic) effects progressively damaging to the individual. The Stress-related activity produces a "load allostatico" (weight biological energy) that --
relation to subjective factors and external - can become "overloaded" by triggering a chain of subsequent alterations in the functioning of the organism. In parallel there is a "load" and a
"Overload psychological" processes related to the first round. 3. In the network system and body of stress, or in the process of setting general internal and individual-context, the mind plays a crucial role as a dimension of modulation in which signals (internal and external) are transformed into information (assigning meanings) depending on the paths and individual needs of adaptation. The mind is so the highest expression of the evolution of life and its adaptive strategies, which explains its role in relation to the overall functioning of the organism. The recent acquisitions of
neuroscience have shown the interdependence of psychic activity, gene expression and plasticity brain that makes the role of the mind. Overload allostatico and psychological stress-related depend in large part by activism mental and constitute the main risk factor for health in Western societies, antecedents established disease spreading. If we look to the foregoing view of personal development (stage intrauterine attachment process, significant events later) we can have an idea of how mind, body and environment interact in the structuring the individual and the role conditioning and de-structuring of situations and events that cause an alteration by stress. Research on the relationship between stress and psychobiological development, including mode of attachment, structure of brain circuits, or between them and health, confirmation of these given (Lazzari, 2007). Coming closer all'EMDR, psychobiological studies of PTSD are showing that we are dealing essentially an event (especially complex and pronounced) the effects of stress on the network psycho (Iribarren et al., 2005). Research on PTSD (and other stress disorders DSM) must necessarily cross the strands study mentioned above and use the conceptual framework that arises. Psychobiological effects of extreme stress and trauma should be classified within mind-body interactions and regulation allostatica (load vs. overload allostatico). In our view, beyond the specific effects on the CNS, EMDR has been shown effective in PTSD in connection with his characteristic broad research and use as a "target" rather than individual aspects of an experience, but experience in its different aspects: cognitive, emotional, physiological and relational. Work dell'EMR goes to retrieve a lost and working on this integration. It should be remembered that, in general, and prominent, stress affects the levels of integration, consistency and flexibility of the system: chronic stress for progressive process of dysregulation, the acute "broken", blocks and disconnections. Therefore processing information (and consequences) related to events and stressful situations through a re-integration of all aspects related to psychobiological reach a restructuring. The level of "penetration" (effectiveness) of a therapeutic approach is very attached to his homogeneity with the reality on which it operates, namely the fact of speaking the same language. And this is a great asset for EMDR. The available data are consistent with the statement: EMDR change physiological parameters reducing and canceling the activation by stress, shifting the balance from the inhibition nice parasympathetic activation (Sack et al. 2007) and is associated with lowering dell'arousal physiological, ie regular patterns of activity and trophic (Sack et al. 2008), showing similarities with what happens during REM sleep (Elofsson et al., 2008).
EMDR also impacts on physical ailments related to the system of stress, such as have Show searches on dermatological (Gupta, 2002).
Keywords: Body-Mind Interaction PNEI
Accuracy Verified: Yes
181. Puliatti, M. (2008, Novembre). L'EMDR nel trattamento del dolore uro-genitale [EMDR in the treatment of uro-genital pain]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La rilevazione di disturbi uro-ginecologici è in costante crescita, è ciò probabilmente a causa della maggiore attenzione che i clinici dimostrano nei confronti di disturbi variegatati, a volte quasi impalpabili, ma che possono anche dimostrarsi invalidanti. Oltre al vaginismo e alla dispareunia, ben noti nella letteratura scientifica da decenni, crescente interesse stanno dimostrando disturbi come la cistite interstiziale, il dolore pelvico e la vulvodinia. Complessivamente considerati, la componente psicosomatica di tali disturbi viene abbondantemente confermata dalla letteratura.
A prescindere dagli approcci più chiaramente monolaterali e riduttivi, si nota nella letteratura un interesse consolidato per una terapia che sia per definizione integrata: ginecologica/riabilitativa, psicoeducazionale, sessuologica e psicoterapeutica.
L’EMDR si propone in questo ambito clinico come uno strumento di straordinaria versatilità, potendo infatti intervenire sia a livello delle cause remote (eventi stressanti/traumatici, educazione sessuale distorta, etc.), che delle contingenze attuali che mantengono o peggiorano la sintomatologia, offrendo inoltre la possibilità di intervenire direttamente sia sul dolore inteso come sintomo, che sugli scenari futuri connotati negativamente dalla paziente, che frequentemente sono connessi alla percezione del dolore stesso. Infine, si rivela di particolare utilità nel caso in cui il dolore sia correlato a difficoltà relazionali caratterizzate da scarsa assertività.
Nell’ambito del Workshop verranno approfondite le seguenti tematiche:
• Diagnosi differenziale tra i differenti tipi di dolore uro-ginecologico.
• Valutazione dell’eziologia multifattoriale: cause biologiche, psicosessuali, relazionali e presenza di eventi traumatici.
• Ruolo dell’abuso sessuale.
• Meccanismi psicofisiologici nell’insorgenza dei disturbi: il ruolo della tensione muscolare.
• Caratteristiche psicologiche della donna che presenta dolore uro-ginecologico.
• Strumenti di screening psicodiagnostico.
• Cenni sulle principali strategie di valutazione e di intervento uro-ginecologiche e farmacologiche
• Pianificazione e fasi del trattamento con l’EMDR, e loro integrazione con differenti approcci psicoterapeutici: aree di indagine, aspetti psicoeducazionali, tecniche sessuologiche specifiche, target caratteristici, l’utilizzo dell’EMDR nelle differenti fasi del trattamento.
The detection of uro-gynecological disorders is growing, this is probably due to the increased attention that clinicians demonstrate against variegatati disorders, sometimes almost intangible, but can also prove crippling. In addition to vaginismus and dyspareunia, well known in the scientific literature for decades, are showing increasing interest in disorders such as interstitial cystitis, pelvic pain and vulvodynia. Overall, the psychosomatic component of these disorders is abundantly confirmed by the literature.
Apart from unilateral and reductionist approaches more clearly, there is a vested interest in literature for a treatment that is by definition integrated: gynecological / rehabilitation, psycho-educational, sexology and psychotherapy.
EMDR is proposed in this clinical setting as an instrument of extraordinary versatility, allowing it to intervene at the level of remote causes (stressful events / trauma, distorted sex education, etc..) That the current quotas that maintain or worsen the symptoms, offering the possibility to intervene directly understood as a symptom is pain, which adversely on future scenarios of patient characteristics, which are frequently associated with pain perception itself. Finally, it proves particularly useful in cases where the pain is related to interpersonal difficulties characterized by lack of assertiveness.
As part of the workshop will examine the following issues:
• Differential diagnosis between different types of pain, uro-gynecology.
• Evaluation multifactorial etiology: biological, psychosexual, relationship and presence of traumatic events.
• Role of sexual abuse.
• psychophysiological mechanisms in the onset of the disorder: the role of muscle tension.
• Psychological characteristics of women with uro-gynecological pain.
• psycho-diagnostic screening tools.
• Work on the main strategies for assessment and intervention uro-gynecological and pharmacological
• Planning and stages of treatment with EMDR, and their integration with different psychotherapeutic approaches: areas of inquiry, psychoeducational aspects, technical sexological specific target features, using EMDR in different stages of treatment.
Keywords: Urogenital Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
182. Miti, G., & Onofri, A. (2011, Guigno). La psicoterapia dei disturbi dissociativi: Dalle tecniche cognitivo-comportamentali all'approccio EMDR [Psychotherapy of dissociative disorders: From cognitive-behavioral techniques to the EMDR approach]. Cognitivismo Clinico, 8(1), 73-91 .
Language: Italian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Gli Autori illustrano i princìpi fondamentali nel trattamento dei Disturbi Dissociativi, nell’ottica della psicoterapia cognitivo-evoluzionista. Descrivono la cosiddetta “Terapia per fasi”, caratterizzata dalla iniziale ricerca della stabilizzazione del paziente e da una riduzione sintomatologica; quindi da una fase centrale di elaborazione dei traumi relazionali e complessi considerati frequentemente alla base degli stati dissociativi; infine dalla integrazione e ricerca di una “crescita post-traumatica”. Gli Autori prendono in esame le diverse strategie e tecniche più frequentemente utilizzate, da quelle legate al lavoro terapeutico sul corpo ai gruppi di mutuo aiuto, dalla psicofarmacologia all’ipnosi. Una parte significativa dell’articolo è dedicata all’uso dell’approccio EMDR nel trattamento degli stati dissociativi.
The Authors show the fundamental principles in the treatment of the Dissociative Disorders, in the perspective of the Cognitive-Evolutionary Psychotherapy. They describe the so called “Staged Therapy”, characterized by a starting phase toward the stabilization of the patient and the symptomatology’s reduction; by a central phase of processing of the relational and complex traumas often grounding the dissociative states; and then by an integration and a “post-traumatic growing”. The Authors examine the different strategies and techniques, most frequently used, from the therapeutical body work till self-help groups, from psychopharmacology till hypnosis. A significant part of the article show the importance of the EMDR approach in the treatment of dissociative states.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
183. Schrage, J. (2012). Law enforcement and trauma: Psychological intervention strategy, methodology, and techniques. Alliant International University, Los Angeles. 3502349.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This doctoral project and brochure is meant to provide an understanding of the effects of trauma on law enforcement officers in order to provide insight and treatment strategies for this population. Effects of culture and diversity within the law enforcement community are discussed. The following chapters review various aspects impacting the research such as a brief history of trauma, Posttraumatic stress disorder within the law enforcement community, officer resiliency, coping, cognitive behavioral treatment strategies, EMDR, positive psychology, community psychology, critical incident stress debriefing as well as biological-based treatments. Treatment modalities and research for mental health professionals working with law enforcement are discussed. Evidenced-Based treatment methods are reviewed as well. The implications of this project are reviewed, as well as the limitation and further suggestions for future research.
Keywords: Law Enforcement Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
184. Zimmermann, P., Biesold, K. H., Barre, K., & Lanczik, M. (2007, May). Long-term course of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in German soldiers: Effects of in patient eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy and specific trauma characteristics in patients with non-combat-related PTSD. Military Medicine, 172(5), 456-460 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objective: In this study, we retrospectively evaluated a patient population of 89 German soldiers who received inpatient treatment for PTSD at the German Armed Forces Hospital in Hamburg from 1998 to 2003. Methods: Patients were nonrandomly assigned to a treatment group who received eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and a comparison group with general hospital treatment and relaxation training. Follow-up information was obtained 29 months post-treatment. Trauma-related symptoms were assessed using the Impact of Event Scale and the Post-Traumatic Stress Scale (PTSS-10) as parameters of improvement. Results: The Impact of Event Scale showed that inpatient trauma therapy with EMDR significantly improved the course of PTSD. In addition, the Impact of Event Scale indicated a significantly poorer long-term outcome for patients who had been confronted with death during their traumatic experience. Other factors tested were of no significant influence. CONCLUSIONS: These results may influence further treatment strategies for traumatized German soldiers. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Army Personnel German Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Psychiatric Inpatients Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
185. Lambin, M. (2012, April). L’écran, un outil clinique en EMDR [The screen, a clinical tool in EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract: Il est fréquent que des clients avec lesquels nous utilisons l’EMDR présentent des symptômes de dissociation au cours de la séance, particulièrement si les émotions deviennent très intenses ou si le souvenir du trauma est réactivé de façon très aigue. Parmi les stratégies que l’on peut utiliser à ce moment pour aider le client à rester dans l’expérience, l’écran s’avère un outil clinique extrêmement efficace.
Le but de cet atelier est d’amener le clinicien à découvrir et expérimenter l’utilisation de l’écran dans le traitement en EMDR. Ainsi, lors de l’application du protocole en 8 étapes, si des symptômes dissociatifs apparaissent, l’écran permet une stabilisation et favorise la poursuite du traitement adaptatif de l’information.
Le déroulement de cet atelier de 3 heures comporte un grand volet pratique pour permettre l’expérimentation et les échanges chez les participants. Ce qui favorise l’intégration des connaissances actuelles en EMDR ainsi que l’expérience clinique à partir d’un cas précis. L’apprentissage de cet outil donne accès aux ressources du client.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
1. Approfondir les connaissances pour mieux cibler l’intervention en EMDR (facteurs facilitants et écueils rencontrés)
2. Reconnaître les manifestations des symptômes dissociatifs en cours de traitement EMDR
3. Faire l’apprentissage de l’écran comme outil clinique dans le traitement adaptatif de l’information
4. Privilégier l’accès du client à ses ressources
5. Favoriser le mouvement et la stabilisation de la personne par l’utilisation de cet outil dans le cadre des 8 étapes pour poursuivre le traitement EMDR.
It is common for clients with whom we use EMDR with symptoms of dissociation during the session, especially if emotions become intense or if the memory of the trauma was reactivated very acute. Among the strategies that can be used at this time to help the client to remain in the experiment, the screen is an extremely effective clinical tool.
The purpose of this workshop is to bring the clinician to explore and experiment with using the screen in the EMDR treatment. Thus, when applying the protocol in 8 steps, if dissociative symptoms appear, the screen allows a stabilization and promotes the pursuit of adaptive processing of information.
The course of this 3 hour workshop includes a large practical component to allow experimentation and exchanges among participants. Which promotes the integration of existing knowledge in EMDR and clinical experience from a case. Learning this tool provides access to client resources.
Learning Objectives:
1. Deepen the knowledge to better target intervention in EMDR (facilitating factors and pitfalls)
2. Recognize the manifestations of dissociative symptoms during treatment EMDR
3. Make learning the screen as a clinical tool in the adaptive processing of information
4. Preferred customer access to its resources
5. Encourage movement and stabilization of the person through the use of this tool as part of the 8 steps to continue the EMDR treatment.
Keywords: Dissociation Screen
Accuracy Verified: Yes
186. Puliatti, M. (2009). L’EMDR nel trattamento delle sindromi uro-ginecologiche [EMDR in the treatment of uro-gynecological syndromes] . Medicina Psicosomatica, 54(4), 131-142 .
Language: Italian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
La rilevazione di disturbi uro-ginecologici è in costante crescita, è ciò probabilmente a causa della maggiore attenzione che i clinici dimostrano nei confronti di disturbi variegatati, a volte quasi impalpabili, ma che possono anche dimostrarsi invalidanti. Oltre al vaginismo e alla dispareunia, ben noti nella letteratura scientifi ca da decenni, crescente interesse stanno dimostrando disturbi come la cistite interstiziale, il dolore pelvico e la vulvodinia. Complessivamente considerati, la componente psicosomatica di tali disturbi viene abbondantemente confermata dalla letteratura. A prescindere dagli approcci più chiaramente monolaterali e riduttivi, si nota nella letteratura un interesse consolidato per una terapia che sia per definizione integrata: ginecologica/riabilitativa, psicoeducazionale, sessuologica e psicoterapeutica. L’EMDR si propone in questo ambito clinico come uno strumento di straordinaria versatilità, potendo infatti intervenire sia a livello delle cause remote (eventi stressanti/traumatici, educazione sessuale distorta, etc.), che delle contingenze attuali che mantengono o peggiorano la sintomatologia, offrendo inoltre la possibilità di intervenire direttamente sia sul dolore inteso come sintomo, che sugli scenari futuri connotati negativamente dalla paziente, che frequentemente sono connessi alla percezione del dolore stesso. Infine, si rivela di particolare utilità nel caso in cui il dolore sia correlato a difficoltà relazionali caratterizzate da scarsa assertività. In questo lavoro verranno approfondite le seguenti tematiche: • diagnosi differenziale tra i differenti tipi di dolore uro-ginecologico. • Valutazione dell’eziologia multifattoriale: cause biologiche, psicosessuali, relazionali e presenza di eventi traumatici. • Ruolo dell’abuso sessuale. • Meccanismi psicofi siologici nell’insorgenza dei disturbi: il ruolo della tensione muscolare. • Caratteristiche psicologiche della donna che presenta dolore uro-ginecologico. • Strumenti di screening psicodiagnostico. • Cenni sulle principali strategie di valutazione e di intervento uro-ginecologiche e farmacologiche • Pianifi cazione e fasi del trattamento con l’EMDR, e loro integrazione con differenti approcci psicoterapeutici: aree di indagine, aspetti psicoeducazionali, tecniche sessuologiche specifi che, target caratteristici, l’utilizzo dell’EMDR nelle differenti fasi del trattamento.
The detection of uro-gynecological disorders is growing, this is probably due to the increased attention that clinicians demonstrate against variegatati disorders, sometimes almost impalpable, but may also prove to be disabling. In addition to vaginismus and dyspareunia, well known in the scientific literature about for decades, are showing increasing interest in disorders such as interstitial cystitis, pelvic pain and vulvodynia. Overall, the psychosomatic component of these disorders is abundantly confirmed by the literature. Apart from the unilateral and reductionist approaches more clearly, there is a vested interest in the literature for a treatment that is by definition integrated: gynecological / rehabilitation, psycho-educational, sexology and psychotherapy. EMDR is proposed in this clinical setting as an instrument of extraordinary versatility, allowing it to intervene at the level of remote causes (stressful events / trauma, distorted sex education, etc..) That the current quotas that maintain or worsen the symptoms, while also offering the opportunity to speak directly about pain is understood as a symptom, which negatively on future scenarios of patient characteristics, which are frequently related to the perception of pain itself. Finally, it proves particularly useful in cases where the pain is related to relationship difficulties with low assertiveness. In this paper we will examine the following issues: • differential diagnosis between different types of pain, uro-gynecology. • Evaluation multifactorial etiology: biological, psychosexual, relationship and presence of traumatic events. • Role of sexual abuse. • psychophysical mechanisms in the onset of physiological disorders: the role of muscle tension. • Psychological characteristics of women with uro-gynecological pain. • Tools psychodiagnostic screening. • Work on the main strategies of assessment and intervention and uro-gynecological drug • Plans and application phases of treatment with EMDR, and their integration with different psychotherapeutic approaches: survey areas, psychoeducational aspects, specific sexological techniques that target characteristic the use of EMDR in various stages of treatment.
Keywords: Uro-Gynecological Syndromes
Accuracy Verified: Yes
187. Giannantonio, M. (2008, Novembre). L’integrazione possible: accedere alle emozioni con strategie imaginative e corporee [Integration impossible: Access to emotions with imaginative and corporeal strategies]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il modello paradigmatico di intervento clinico al quale l’EMDR si ispira è di non interferenza all’interno dell’elaborazione adattiva prodotta autonomamente dal paziente, stimolato da una ottimale relazione terapeutica e dalla stimolazione bilaterale all’interno di un campo di attenzione duale. Nondimeno, è esperienza abituale del clinico come tale modello incappi regolarmente all’interno di stalli rielaborativi che impediscono una adeguata desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione degli eventi stressanti o francamente traumatici. Per tale motivo, l’EMDR può massimizzare la sua efficacia psicoterapeutica attraverso l’impiego di specifiche strategie di “intervento cognitivo integrativo”, finalizzate all’implementazione adattiva ed ecologica delle risorse inattingibili da parte del paziente. In questa comunicazione, che prende in parte ispirazione dalle domande e dalle difficoltà emergenti nei colleghi durante l’attività di supervisione, attraverso numerose esemplificazioni cliniche si intenderà mostrare l’impiego flessibile ed euristico di strategie immaginative e corporee come interventi integrativi di particolare efficacia. In particolare, verrà posta una specifica attenzione nei confronti degli stalli integrativi dovuti principalmente a meccanismi dissociativi che possono causare difficoltà anche notevoli all’attività dello psicoterapeuta. Fenomeni dissociativi massicci, infatti, possono mostrarsi sin dall’inizio (in particolare qualora l’evento abbia suscitato una dissociazione peritraumatica), rendendo apparentemente non affrontabile il ricordo del paziente, in quanto non evocatore di alcuna risonanza emotiva; diversamente, la gestione dissociativa dei ricordi comparirà tra una seduta e l’altra, oppure all’interno del processo elaborativo condotto con l’EMDR. Verrà mostrato come la dissociazione, che può rendere impossibile l’elaborazione, possa essere gradualmente ridotta iperassociando il paziente nei confronti dei propri ricordi, di volta in volta privilegiando attività rivolte nei confronti delle immagini mentali oppure attraverso l’adozione di posture corporee finalizzate alla rottura delle barriere dissociative.
The paradigmatic model of clinical intervention in which EMDR is based is not interference in preparing adaptive generate themselves from the patient, stimulated by optimal therapeutic relationship and the bilateral stimulation within a field of attention dual. Nevertheless, it is habitual experience of the clinician how this model regularly encountering processed within stalls that prevent a adequate desensitization and reworking frankly stressful or traumatic events. Therefore, EMDR can maximize its effectiveness through the use of specific psychotherapeutic strategies, "Integrative cognitive intervention, aimed at the implementation of adaptive and ecological resources unattainable by the patient. In this communication, which takes some inspiration, the questions and difficulties emerging in the colleagues during the supervisory activities through numerous clinical examples to show you will understand the use of flexible, heuristic imaginative strategies and body as supplementary measures, particularly effective. In particular, specific attention will be paid in respect of the stalls due mainly to additional dissociative mechanisms that can cause considerable difficulties although the activity of psychotherapist. Dissociative phenomena massive, in fact, can show the beginning (in particularly if the event has generated a dissociation peritraumatica), making apparently not face the memory of the patient, because not suggestive of any resonance emotional, otherwise the management dissociative memories appear between sessions and one or within the computational process conducted with EMDR. Will be shown as the dissociation which may make it impossible to process, can be gradually reduced iperassociando
the patient against their own recollections, each time focusing on activities aimed respect of mental images or through the adoption of body postures designed to rupture of dissociative barriers.
Keywords: Imaginative Strategies Somatic Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
188. Gauvreau, P. (2013, Mai). L’utilisation de la table dissociative dans la Phase 2 préparation [The use of the dissociative table in preparation for Phase 2]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract: n
Lorsque nous travaillons avec des clients souffrant de TSPT Complexe, il est souvent fort utile des les aider à
accéder et identifier les différents états du moi, ces parties émotionnelles qui portent les réseaux de mémoires
contenant les souvenirs traumatiques/matériel dysfonctionnel. Cet atelier vise à présenter la Table dissociative
de Fraser comme outil de travail. Ce “lieu de rencontre interne” devient un endroit sécuritaire où les états du moi/
parties émotionnelles peuvent communiquer entre elles, facilitant la stabilisation, le renforcement de l’égo et la
préparation au travail de retraitement EMDR. Cette présentation se fera par le biais de matériel didactique et de
démonstrations video.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Introduction aux principes généraux de la dissociation structurelle dans les cas de traumas complexes
• Apprendre un scripte afin de mettre en pratique la table dissociative
• Apprendre à mettre en place des stratégies de préparation et stabilisation via la table dissociative
When we work with clients with complex PTSD, it is often useful to help
access and identify the different ego states, those parts that carry the emotional memory arrays
containing traumatic memories / equipment dysfunctional. This workshop aims to present the dissociative Table
Fraser as a working tool. This "internal meeting place" becomes a safe place for ego states /
emotional parts can communicate with each other, facilitating stabilization, strengthening the ego and the
job readiness EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will be through educational materials and
video demonstrations.
Learning Objectives:
• Introduction to general principles of structural dissociation in the case of complex trauma
• Learn a script to put into practice the dissociative table
• Learn to develop preparedness strategies and stabilization via the dissociative table
Keywords: Dissociation Table Structural Dissociatio
Accuracy Verified: Yes
189. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.
EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
190. Litt, B. K. (2006, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state theory in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Great strides have been made in applying EMDR
to different populations with a variety of
diagnoses. Integrating this powerful treatment
into couples therapy is relatively new and very
promising. By augmenting EMDR with the
explanatory power and clinical inventiveness of
ego state theory, couples therapy can be brought to new levels of efficacy. Through didactic
presentation and case illustration, participants will
understand the relational nature of the Self,
psychobiological and psychodynamic mechanisms of attachment, the structure of the
relational self, and the challenges of individuation/differentiation. In addition, all participants will learn and be able to access the intergenerational pathogenesis of ego fragmentation, and will be
able to identify clinical manifestations of ego state
conflict in conjoint sessions, including the doublebind,
split loyalty, and reenactments. Participants
will be able to use this learning to diagnose the
interlock of negative cognitions in their client
couples, and implement strategies to contract for
individually-focused EMDR therapy. Participants
will be able to explain to clients the risks and
benefits of conjoint EMDR, and understand the
contraindications for conjoint EMDR. Participants will learn a model of EMDR
treatment planning that includes target selection
and salience, and will be able to utilize a
progressive sequence of techniques for facilitation
EMDR processing with dissociative clients who
are blocked, looping, or at risk of abreaction.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
191. Litt, B. (2007, September). The marriage of EMDR and ego state theory in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
By augmenting EMDR with the explanatory power and clinical inventiveness of ego state theory, couples therapy can be brought to new levels of efficacy. Participants will learn about the relational nature of the Self, psychobiological and psychodynamic mechanisms of attachment, the structure of the relational self, and the challenges of differentiation. Participants will be able to diagnose the interlocking of negative cognitions of client couples and implement strategies to contract for individually focused EMDR. Participants will understand the risks and benefits of conjoint EMDR. Participants will learn a model of EMDR treatment planning that describes target selection and salience.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
192. Kannan, L. (2010, July). Meditation integrated EMDR: An amalgamation of EMDR with traditional healing methods. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ancient healing practices like meditation, yoga and pranayama have been found effective with a range of anxiety disorders
but also have their limitations. EMDR integrated with such techniques is well adapted to Eastern cultures and is effective
and more easily accepted with a range of traumatic events. This workshop will familiarize participants with various cultural
adaptations as well as ways to integrate traditional effective methods in dealing with traumatized events.
Participants will learn:
1. An overview of techniques derived from ancient Indian scriptures and healing methods like yoga, pranayama (breathing
techniques) and Vippasana meditation and their applications in modern psychotherapy.
2. More about research on how this works.
3. Similarities and parallels with EMDR and points of integration
4. How to integrate these strategies into the EMDR protocol
5. Pilot study on the effectiveness of this integrated technique in traumatized individual.
Keywords: Meditation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
193. Mosquera, D. (2012, March). Met behulp van EMDR bij de behandeling van borderline-stoornis bersonality [Using EMDR in the management of borderline personality disorder]. Preconference presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Onveilige en ongeorganiseerd bijlagen en het begin van relationele verwaarlozing en trauma diepgaand effect op het ontwikkelingstraject van de toekomstige volwassen en verhogen het risico op het ontwikkelen Borderline persoonlijkheidsstoornis (BPD). Mensen met een borderline-stoornis en een geschiedenis complex trauma hebben veel problemen met zelfregulering en met betrekking tot anderen. Het beheer van deze zelfregulering en relationele problemen zijn centrale aspecten in de behandeling van BPS.
De stabilisatiefase is opgemerkt als essentieel oor trauma werk. Bij de behandeling van de borderline-stoornis en complexe trauma betekent dit vele bijzonderheden die we moeten in gedachten houden, waaronder: de rol van gehechtheid-gerelateerde gemoedstoestanden en fobieën voor de bevestiging, beïnvloeden en traumatische herinneringen. Werken met gevallen van BPS en complex trauma is intrinsiek relationeel en vaak gepaard gaat met de noodzaak om momenten van intense beïnvloeden en invloed hebben op fobieën beheren in de overdracht en tegenoverdracht. Inzicht in deze aspecten en met strategieën voor het aanpakken van hen is van essentieel belang zowel voor als tijdens EMDR opwerking van traumatische herinneringen om ervoor te zorgen dat de verwerking van traumatische herinneringen veilig en effectief kan worden gedaan met deze patiënten. Deze workshop integreert theoretische uiteenzetting met de presentatie van video's gevallen. De algemene structuur van EMDR therapie bij de behandeling van BPD, interventies in de voorbereidings-en overwegingen voor trauma-gerichte EMDR werk zal worden gedemonstreerd en uitgelegd.
Insecure and disorganized attachments and early relational neglect and trauma profoundly affect the developmental trajectory of the future adult and increase the risk of developing Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). People with BPD and a history complex trauma have many difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these self-regulation and relational difficulties are central aspects in the treatment of BPD.
The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work. In treating BPD and complex trauma this implies many particularities that we should keep in mind including: the role of attachment-related states of mind and phobias for attachment, affect and traumatic memories. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational and often involves the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding these aspects and having strategies for addressing them is essential both before and during EMDR reprocessing of traumatic memories to ensure that reprocessing of traumatic memories can be done safely and effectively with these patients. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
194. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.
Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
195. Siegel, D. (2011, August). Mindsight and the power of neutral integration in healing. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this seminar, we’ll discuss strategies that patients can learn to monitor and modify energy and information flow with more clarity and power, and also describe how the process of integration can serve as an organizing principle that illuminates the nature of resilience and well-being. Integration is defined as the linkage of differentiated parts of a system. When integration is present, flexibility and harmony result; when integration is absent, chaos or rigidity occur. EMDR can be seen as a profoundly useful integrative therapeutic practice. Mindsight is a teachable skill with which people can learn to monitor energy and information flow with clarity and depth and then modulate that flow with specificity and power toward integration. Within this framework, clinicians can focus assessment on the findings of chaos and rigidity as examples of impediments to integration. Clinical intervention harnesses the power of therapeutic techniques to cultivate differentiation and linkage in various domains of integration that may be impaired.
Keywords: Neural Integration
Accuracy Verified: Yes
196. Marich, J. (2010, April/May). Musical interweaves in EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Spatial intelligence is emphasized in traditional EMDR protocols and instructional methods when focus is placed on imagery. Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence is honoured when body cues are addressed. However, individuals with primary musical or sonic intelligences are not optimally attended to with orthodox application of well-accepted EMDR strategies. Without making any changes to the stages of the Shapiro protocol, musical interventions can be implemented into EMDR treatment to amplify the holistic design of EMDR and to optimally serve those who struggle with spatial intelligence. In this workshop, participants will learn how to utilize music in resource development and EMDR preparation, to apply music as an appropriate “cognitive interweave” when processing is not flowing optimally, and to consider the impact that music can have on EMDR treatment. The presenter will implement a combination of lecture, participation activities, and case discussion to achieve learning objectives.
Keywords: Musical Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
197. Chowdhury, E. H. (2007, August). Negotiating state and NGO politics in Bangladesh: Women mobilize against acid violence. Violence Against Women, 13(8), 857-873. doi:10.1177/1077801207302046.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This note showcases the story of Nurun Nahar, a survivor of acid violence in
Bangladesh, to demonstrate that, despite protective measures, state, medical, and legal
institutions continually fail to adequately respond to violence against women systematically
and deny women rights to state protection, which are affirmatively embodied
in law. The failure of state institutions to ensure appropriate care has been somewhat
mitigated by nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), particularly women’s groups,
which are albeit heavily constrained because of the volume of demand yet scarcity of
expertise, infrastructure, and funds. In addition, this note offers some thoughts on how
nonstate actors, namely, women’s NGOs, have created alternative strategies and visions
for victimized women’s recovery and empowerment.
Keywords: Acid Violence Bangladesh Naripokkho Women’s Activism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
198. Bergmann, U. (2006, September). The neurobiology of EMDR: Thalamic, cerebellar and pontine/REM processes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinical case reports and a growing body of
controlled research suggest that EMDR is equally
and perhaps more efficacious when cross-compared
with other methods in treating Posttraumatic Stress
Disorder. However, as EMDR was originally an
empirically driven method, there has persisted a need
for a more defined theoretical model, further
scientific validation, and a neurobiological
understanding of EMDR's reported robust effects.
The possibility that EMDR can effectuate change
on a neurobiological level has fueled speculation as
to the neural-mechanisms that might underlie
EMDR's effects. Brain scans and QEEG's are
beginning to shed light on the alterations of brain
function that EMDR appears to yield. This
presentation will synthesize the existing research
with theoretical speculation correlated with Francine Shapiro's model of the Adaptive Information Processing System. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings involving the thalamus
in information processing and memory integration.
This material will be integrated with previously
posited theories regarding the cerebellum's
involvement in many aspects of information
processing and activation processes of the left
prefrontal areas and EMDR's activation of the
neurophysiology of REM-sleep systems. A
neurobiological definition of EMDR serve to
further legitimize its usage. It can also potentially
enlighten our practice by informing preparation,
resourcing and target selection strategies.
Keywords: Cerebellum Neurobiology Thalamus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
199. Maxfield, L. (2012, April). New advances with EMDR: A summary of interesting new research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation reviews new advances in EMDR, reporting on recent research studies which have investigated EMDR's application with new problems, new populations, and/or with new protocols. It looks at EMDR treatment of somatic and physical health problems, such as migraine headaches and chronic pain, as well as the role of EMDR in reducing the stressful impact of life-threatening health problems such as cardiac events and neuromuscular disorders. Preliminary research on new EMDR applications is summarized, including treatment of clients with psychosis and individuals with developmental disorders. An effective new protocol for recent critical events is explained and examined, as well as a new protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder. The presentation also reviews studies investigating the role of eye movements on memory and physiology, and what these findings reveal about possible mechanisms of action in EMDR.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will be able to describe applications for EMDR with non-PTSD populations and related supportive research
2. Participants will be able to summarize clinical practice strategies for EMDR treatment of several somatic and physical health problems
3. Participants will be able to explain the new EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Events and to recount the differences between this and the standard EMDR protocol, and to summarize the research evidence for this intervention
4. Participants will be able to explain the new EMDR Adapted Phobia Protocol for OCD, and to discuss the theoretical implications of this protocol
5. Participants will develop a basic knowledge of research findings regarding the effects of eye movements, and will be able to apply these to an understanding of EMDR’s mechanisms of action.
Keywords: Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
200. Litt, B. (2009, August). Node isolation theory: The eye-zone differential technique. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD, dissociation, and attachment issues are easily hyper – or hypo-aroused and may dissociate or abreact. Moreover, many clients report complex or “undifferentiated” responses to targets, including multiple affects and negative cognitions, confusion, or ego-state conflict in which processing loops, is blocked, or is inefficient. Possibly, multiple nodes are being activated in the setup phase simultaneously. The proposed remedy is to isolate the node at the epicenter of the target trauma for a more focused desensitization experience. A series of “Node Isolation Strategies” are described that lead to safe, efficient processing of difficult material, while maintaining inter-session stability.
Keywords: Eye-Zone Differential Technique Node Isolation Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
201. Grenough, M. (2008, September). OASIS in the overwhelm - For you & your clients: 4 breif strategies to calm, relax, re-wire the brain. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Looking for calm in the chaos – for you and your clients? Examine findings of recent research regarding the brain’s neuroplasticity and our ability to re-wire our own brains. Learn four 60-second strategies that can calm, relax, heighten sense of personal control, diminish power of old patterns, and strengthen healthy neural pathways. Understand and be able to explain to clients how research testifies to the efficacy of these simple strategies and how their implementation can be useful in EMDR treatment. In this highly experiential workshop, you will learn four strategies and explore how/when to use each with your clients – and with yourself.
Keywords: OASIS Relaxation Exercises
Accuracy Verified: Yes
202. Grenough, M. (2012, October). OASIS in the overwhelm: Affect management/stabilization with diverse cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This highly participatory workshop will teach four 60-second strategies that can be learned quickly by clinicians and used immediately with clients. The presenter has used these strategies over ten years at an urban Hispanic Clinic, and with children and adults of diverse cultural, economic, educational, and national backgrounds. Because the strategies focus on active physical involvement, they quickly help clients to identify and manage personal sensations and emotions (Phase 2-Preparation), pave the way for clearer gut understanding of (Phase 3) negative and positive cognition’s as well as “Where do you feel it in your body?” and (Phase 6) Body Scan.
Keywords: Affect Management Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
203. Becker-Fritz, T., Klinker, M., & Tepper, L. (2008, September). Open forum for professors, college educators and clinicians - Identifying curriculum content on trauma and EMDR, plus create a template for college courses to impact knowledge and treatment options for graduates. Open forum presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
At the last EMDRIA Conference, one of the major concerns identified during the membership meeting was the need to get knowledge about EMDR out to college and university settings. This begins with students who are planning on pursuing a career in the health or mental health field. Courses of study do not adequately present material to students regarding trauma and treatment options. Thus, students leave their educational settings lacking knowledge about what EMDR is. This workshop is focused on both undergraduate and graduate educators who work in colleges and universities in the health care and mental health curriculum. Because students lack knowledge about trauma treatment, it could be years before they discover EMDR in their professional life. A panel discussion will provide the following learning objectives: Identify content areas to include when defining trauma; Define EMDR and summarize how it is used as a treatment option for trauma; Identify the challenges and possible solutions within colleges and university settings to include content on trauma and EMDR; and Create a template for content to include in a current course and strategies to market it to colleges in the health and mental health curriculum. The audience will be invited to give their input into the suggested content and challenged to make recommendations regarding how to best publicize the need for this curriculum and ways to achieve including it in more college course curriculum. The end result will be a suggested template that can be posted on the EMDRIA web site to assist educators and clinicians in advocating for its inclusion in their local colleges and university settings.
Keywords: Open Forum Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
204. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Packwood, S., Peterson, G., Peck, B., & Huss, B. (2005, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhleming for the clinican to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address how the EMDR protocol may need to be adjusted to accommodate the needs or limitations for children and adolescents. The second topic will focus on what specific developmental considerations need to be considered when using EMDR with attachment disorders as well as identifying guidelines and strategies for including the family in the EMDR process with this population. The final topic will address 2 commonly seen diagnoses of AD/HD and anxiety addressing the possible negative cognitions, resource installations, and cognitive interweaves that can be used when treating children or adolescents with EMDR to resolve the trauma issues when having these disorders. The members of the panel are current chairs of the EMDRIA Chld/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.
Keywords: Adolescents ADHD Anxiety Attachment Disorders Children Attention Deficit Hyperacitivty Disorder Developmental Considerations Open Forum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
205. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Waldon, A., Peck, B., Siegel, M., & Packwood, S. (2007, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum (Moderator, T. Becker-Fritz) presented at the annual EMDRIA Conference, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population, as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhelming for the clinician to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address identifying the challenges that children and adolescents present and understand adjustments in the EMDR protocol to accommodate the needs or limitations. The second topic will demonstrate how and when a structured format can facilitate effective EMDR treatment with children. The final topic will identify the challenges of using standard EMDR protocols with adolescents and special issues to consider when preparing them. The members of the panel are the current and immediate past chairs of the EMDRIA Child/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience. The program will be moderated by the Executive Chair, encouraging audience participation throughout the 3 hour program.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Open Forum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
206. Becker-Fritz, T., Carson, S., Donovan, L., Froning, M., Heiman, M., Peterson, G., & Packwood, B. (2003, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population - Facilitated by the EMDRIA Child/Adolescent Special Interest Group Chairs. Open formum presented at the annual EMDRIA Conference, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population. It can feel
overwhelming for the clinician to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3
hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating chlldren and adolsecents. Topics that will be presented and followed with audience discussion include use of EMDR with the following: attachment disorders, children and adolescents in residential treatment, dissociative disorders, sexually reactive kids, children with AD/HD, and unresolved grief issues. The members of the panel are the current chairs of the Child/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Open Forum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
207. Wesselmann, D. (2007, September). Overcoming obstacles to healthy bonds: Treating parent-child attachments with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Disturbed attachment in childhood is associated with serious emotional and behavioral disorders throughout the lifespan. Unfortunately, problems related to poor attachments and abuse by attachment figures are frequently transmitted from one generation to the next. This workshop will explain how these problems are transmitted and describe strategies for using EMDR to heal the effects of past trauma and strengthen the bonds between parents and children in birth families and challenging adoptive situations. By targeting blocks to healthy attachment and strengthening new, healthier patterns of relating for parents and children, even parents who were not lucky enough to have grown up with a secure attachment can be helped to overcome the odds and give their children a better life. This workshop blends technical, theoretical, and clinical elements in a manner that is both practical and enjoyable for participants.
Keywords: Attachment Bonds Children Parents
Accuracy Verified: Yes
208. Lanius, U., & Paulsen, S. L. (2010, September/October). Part II - Towards an embodied self: The treatment of traumatic dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop synthesizes neurobiology, EMDR, and elements from ego state, somatic, and attachment therapies. 1) Prior to EMDR: a) somatic interventions for affect and soma tolerance, b) hypnotic containment, c) ego state maneuvers to decrease, d) resetting affective circuits, and e) planning fractionation. 2) During EMDR: a) temporal integrationism or fractionating by time segments from conception to repair attachment b) accelerating processing with somatic, ego state, imaginal, and information channel interweaves, and c) decelerating processing by further fractionating by channel. Please note: Part I (Session 332) and Part II (Session 432) each stand alone without prerequisite and are designed to complement each other. You do NOT have to take Part I to take Part II.
Keywords: Embodied Self Traumatic Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
209. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Parrett, B. (1995, June). Peak performance in the work place. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In his book, Anxietv Disorders and Phobias, Aaron Beck, MD, wrote cogently about the so-called "evaluation anxieties." He
employed the metaphor of the tightrope walker to describe the constant worry about a possible "fall from grace" experienced
by the person troubled by concern about performing well in a variety of life situations. Beck divided these situations into
three categories: social situations; school and work settings; and what he called "transactions with the outside world,"
meaning instances of shopping and traveling.
The focus of this three-hour presentation is evaluation or performance anxiety (as it is more often termed) in the workplace
and applications of EMDR to removing blocks to optimal functioning at work. The theoretical contribution of Beck and his
colleagues will shape the presenters' information about why performance anxiety develops and who is likely to be vulnerable
to it. The rationale for this extension of the EMDR model will be grounded in the theoretical framework of cognitive
therapy.
The two presenters bring their considerable experience with EMDR (five+ years) and expertise in peak performance
consulting to participants in this session. From their background, they will derive the presentation's emphasis on EMDR
applications that are immediately useful to the participants.
To begin, the presenters will provide the aforementioned theoretical understanding of "evaluation anxiety" and its
manifestation as performance anxiety in the workplace. Approximately the first quarter of the presentation will be spent in
didactic material that describes specifically how performance anxiety interferes with optimal functioning at work across a
variety of occupations. Drs. Foster and Lendl will elaborate on two situations in which performance anxiety is especially
likely to occur in work-related situations: 1) during periods of rapid change; and 2) during the performance review process.
Having established this basis of understanding, the presenters will move on to describe the most commonly observed
psychological blocks that impede optimal performance in work settings: 1) external conflicts brought into work; 2) feeling
like an 'impostor' in one's position at work, 3) perfectionism as a barrier to performance; 4) past failures that operate as
anticipatory anxieties (for example, a client's worry that a past mistake or setback might recur in the future); 5)
discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, education or age.
Using actual transcripts and videotaped excerpts of their sessions, the presenters will demonstrate how their EMDR
interventions may be applied. The presenters will show participants how to assess their own current and prospective clients
for the psychological blocks that are interfering with work performance. Efficient ways to elicit negative and positive
cognition for these work-related issues will be precisely described. The expected course of the EMDR processing will be
illustrated using the presenters' cases which include a perfectionistic dentist, a high level executive after a layoff, a female
manager desiring a promotion who is grappling with a chauvinistic boss, and performing artists struggling with stage fright
and other barriers to their optimal performance.
The presenters will then share with participants the ways in which they assist their clients in reaching and maintaining
balance in their life- and work styles, in what the presenters call "Using EMDR to meet daily challenges with optimal
response." Specific strategies for integrating EMDR into broader-based interventions will be described for assisting clients
in: 1) increasing self-trust; 2) learning to capably manage crises; 3) increasing focus and attention at work; and 4) setting
priorities and using time effectively.
Lastly, Drs. Foster and Lend will demonstrate additional EMDR applications for assisting clients in attaining and
maintaining what the presenters call "Optimal Well-Being." Citing case material, the presenters will show participants the
means by which EMDR can be employed to speed recovery from illness and to decrease the rehabilitation time needed
following an injury.
Participants will be given the opportunity to rehears several of the applications described and to receive feedback fiom the
instructors.
Reference: Beck, A.T. (1985). Anxiety Disorders and Phobias, Basic Books, New York.
Keywords: Peak Performance Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
210. Solomon, R. M., & Kaufman, T. E. (2002, Fall/Winter). A peer support workshop for the treatment of traumatic stress of railroad personnel: Contributions of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Journal of Brief Therapy, 2(1), 27-33.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This study evaluated the therapeutic efficacy of a 3-day peer support workshop for 60 railroad employees who had experienced fatal grade crossing accidents. Participants received training on trauma and coping strategies, peer support strategies, and peer debriefing. Half the group also receive Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The Impact of Event Scale was administered at the workshop, a post-treatment followed 2 months later, and finally a 10-month follow-up. There was a significant decrease in scores at post-treatment and follow-up was conducted. The addition of EMDR led to significantly lower scores than having only the workshop. The workshop appeared successful in decreasing the effects of long-term trauma. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Longitudinal Study Males Non-Randomized Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Railroad Accident Survivors Transport Workers Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
211. Daniel, J. (2000). Play therapy and EMDR. The Children’s Group Association Newsletter. Retrieved from http://www.cgta.net/newsletters/play_therapy.html November 16, 2011.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Children vary greatly in their ability to tolerate focusing on “the problem.” The wise EMDR therapist has various ways of approaching a traumatic memory or a current day problem to fit the tolerance level of the client. EMDR and the process of bilateral stimulation to address problematic material is one method of speeding up therapeutic work with children. However, when using bilateral stimulation with children I am simultaneously using my training as a family systems therapist, and the various play therapy strategies that were the backbone of my work with children before I learned EMDR or other alternative therapies. In a way, EMDR and the sand tray saved my professional life. In my first year of practice after my family therapy post-graduate training, I got a job at a family therapy clinic in Louisville, Kentucky. I was assigned to handle all referrals that came to the agency through a Victim Assistance grant. All of these were cases in which a child had been victim of some crime, and the majority were victims of abuse from some one other than a family member. You can imagine the population. Families who had found that a neighbor or teacher had abused their child were common. Both child and family were traumatized. My family therapy skills were good. But in addition to them I needed two things: a better way for children to communicate their feelings and a way to help both adults and children reduce the intensity of emotions around the trauma they had been through. Just (Continued from page 1) when I was beginning to feel that I was not up to the job, I learned EMDR. With this wonderful knowledge, I found I could help both children and adults move beyond the trauma and regain their grasp on the present moment, their strengths and their security. A deepening understanding of play therapy provided the additional communication tools I needed. Since Then I have never looked back, and find that our field is continually generating new perspectives and more efficient tools for us to use.
Keywords: Children Play Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
212. Yordy, J. (2003, September). Playful approaches to using EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Expand your ability to conduct EMDR with Children by learning how to playfully incorporate a variety of techniques. Learn easy ways to: set up
five different types of positive resources, adapt the basic protocol, incorporate therapeutic storytelling effectively, or "externalize the
problem" through creating monsters! Discover the fun of playing the "Energy Connection" game to build positive coping strategies and work
at emotional stuck points. Whether you enhance your ability to utilize the EMDR protocol or increase your skill at evaluating which EMDR
technique to use, you can count on acquiring fresh ideas for improving your EMDR therapy with children.
Keywords: Children Energy Connection Game Monsters Positive Resources Storytelling
Accuracy Verified: Yes
213. Blore, D. C., & Moore, L. (2011, October). Positive psychology and EMDR: An obvious combination?. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Almost 60 years ago Maslow stated psychology was ‘restricted to half its rightful jurisdiction’ – the negative half. In recent years interest in Positive Psychology has grown enormously. This presentation gives an insight into some of the ideas for incorporating Positive psychology into EMDR and provides an opportunity for delegates to try some strategies for themselves. NB. This workshop represents the launch of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Special Interest Group on Positive Psychology & EMDR. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Positive Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
214. Creamer, M., & O'Donnell, M. (2002). Post-traumatic stress disorder. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 15(2), 163-168.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper provides an overview of recent developments in the literature on post-traumatic stress disorder. Epidemiological studies indicate that approximately 15-25% of individuals experiencing a significant trauma will go on to develop post-traumatic stress disorder, although approximately half will recover without formal intervention. Potential vulnerability factors for post-traumatic stress disorder have been identified, but the mechanisms and complexities require further exploration, with recent research suggesting that prevalence rates and risk factors may differ across populations. Studies of psychological treatment have demonstrated prolonged exposure and cognitive therapies to be equally beneficial, whereas eye movement desensitization and reprocessing may be useful but perhaps less effective in the long term. Pharmacological treatment studies indicate that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors may be the first choice of drug treatments for post-traumatic stress disorder. Non-selective primary prevention strategies remain contentious, although secondary prevention, in the form of cognitive behavioural interventions for acutely symptomatic survivors, appears to reduce the subsequent development of post-traumatic stress disorder.
Keywords: Cognitive Therapies Drug Therapy Exposure Therapies Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prevention Primary Prevention PTSD Risk Factors Secondary Prevention Susceptibility (Disorders) Treatment Vulnerability Factors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
215. Sekhon, R. (2008). Post-traumatic stress disorder and treatment. Rose University of Lethbridge, Lethbridge, Alberta Canada.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder and treatment
Abstract: Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms have been estimated to affect about 8 to 9% of the world population. Research has shown that PTSD occurs in 25% of persons who have been exposed to a traumatic stressor. It has occurred in 35-92% of those who have experienced rape, 65% of those who have endured a nonsexual assault, and 30% of Vietnam veterans. In 1980, the definition of PTSD was created and counsellors were at a loss of how to treat this disorder. Presently, treatment for this disorder is still being developed. This paper conducts a literature review on therapies for PTSD and available studies of their effectiveness. Most psychotherapies for PTSD focus on the reprocessing of traumatic memory, through cognitive or exposure strategies. These treatments include various cognitive behavioural therapies such as exposure therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), psychoanalytic, as well as multimodal combinations of therapies. Research has shown that some of these interventions have produced favourable results in providing relief of symptoms to victims of PTSD. The current discussion found that therapies such as cognitive and exposure have been successful in decreasing symptoms of PTSD; certain therapies were found to be more successful than others with clients who suffered from specific trauma-inducing events.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
216. Stramrood, C., Paarlberg, K. M., Vingerhoets, A. J., van den Berg, P. P., & van Pampus, M. G. (2012, March). Posttraumatic stress following childbirth: Diagnosis, treatment and prevention. Poster presented at the 70th annual scientific meeting of the American Psychomatic Society, Athens, Greece.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Background: What to do with women who experienced childbirth as so
traumatic that they keep having nightmares, flashbacks and problems
concentrating, who do not want to become pregnant again or demand a
cesarean section at the next delivery? One to two percent of women
suffers from posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) following childbirth,
which may affect mother-child bonding as well as future pregnancies.
Methods: Based on current knowledge from literature, including own
research, an overview will be presented of the prevalence, risk factors,
diagnosis and treatment of PTSD following childbirth. Results: PTSD
is an anxiety disorder affecting 1-2 percent of women after childbirth.
Risk factors include [a] obstetric complications and interventions
(emergency cesarean section, preterm birth), [b] history of psychiatric
problems or depression/anxiety during pregnancy, [c] psychosocial
factors (low coping skills, low social support). Furthermore, 50 percent
of women with PTSD following childbirth also suffers from
postpartum depression. When PTSD is suspected, clinicians can use the
self-report measure Traumatic Event Scale-B to quantify symptoms,
and refer to a psychiatrist/psychologist if necessary. Several studies
indicate that spontaneous remission of PTSD following childbirth is
uncommon. Possible negative consequences of the condition include
insecure attachment of the infant, impaired partner relationship,
avoiding future pregnancies and demanding a cesarean section in a
subsequent pregnancy. Although these possible adverse outcomes
justify treatment and prevention, effective interventions and prevention
strategies have not been adequately researched in this patient group.
International guidelines regarding PTSD in other (non-pregnant)
populations point to eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) as the most
promising treatments. Identification of women at risk, both during
pregnancy and postpartum, is key to early intervention and possible
prevention. Conclusions: Posttraumatic stress disorder following
childbirth is a serious condition affecting 1-2 percent of postpartum
women, with higher prevalence rates among women with complicated pregnancies/deliveries and those with a history of mental health issues.
Adequate identification of women at risk and those with clinical
symptoms is key to early intervention and eventually prevention.
Keywords: Childbirth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
217. Aasen, B. (2010, July). Practical work with dissociated parts with EMDR. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When working with complex trauma, where there is secondary or tertiary or dissociation, the EMDR therapist must be
cautious or emotional parts that are overwhelming to the client can be evoked. Care must be taken to provide sufficient
assessment and stabilization and knowledge of the personality system or there is the risk of opening Pandora’s box and
overwhelming the client. However, there are ways to safely work with emotional parts of the personality. If the ANP is able to
stay present, the client has sufficient emotional stabilization and strategies to lower emotional arousal, then integration can
place. This workshop will provide guidelines on assessment and stabilization, and then discuss strategies to work with EPs.
Video tapes of client sessions will illustrate teaching points.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
218. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach the key proven-effective methods used by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
219. Greenwald, R. (2009, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
220. Greenwald, R. (2010, September/October). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: M
any aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
221. Greenwald, R. (2011, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
222. Chasse, B. L., & Miller, J. (2013, May). Preventing PTSD through early EMDR intervention. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop was developed to provide training in Early EMDR Intervention (EEI) for EMDR clinicians to learn
preemptive forms of EMDR to be used to prevent PTSD. The science behind early psychological intervention after
a trauma/disaster and justification for modifying treatment procedures to address the recent traumatic events
will be discussed. Also, included will be a review of the existing EEI Protocols, appropriate timelines in which to
utilize these protocols, quick assessments of appropriateness for EMDR trauma processing, rapid resourcing, and
development of a target sequencing plan/case conceptualization that is appropriate for Early EMDR intervention.
Learning Objectives:
• Define and use key concepts regarding the neurobiology of trauma and how early intervention can reduce the
chances of developing debilitating symptoms and disorders
• Enumerate and describe at least six Early EMDR intervention/protocols and learn the history, appropriate
usage and research on these Early EMDR Interventions (EEI)
• Apply strategies to expedite the history-gathering process, assess client readiness, conceptualize a case and
develop a clinical treatment plan as well as strategies for adequate preparation for processing
• Learn and practice several rapid resourcing, grounding and stabilizing techniques for use before, during and
after Brief Trauma Processing
• Learn/review and practice the Recent Event Protocol (Shapiro 2001)
Keywords: Brief Trauma Processing Early EMDR Interventions Recent Event Protocol Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
223. Lehrer, P. M., Woolfolk, R. L., & Sime, W. E. (2007). Principles and practice of stress management. (3rd. ed.) New York, NY, US: Guilford Press.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Recent years have seen significant advances in understanding psychosocial stress and its clinical management. Now in a thoroughly revised and expanded third edition, this comprehensive work reviews effective stress management techniques and their applications for treating psychological problems and enhancing physical health and performance. Bringing together recognized leaders in the field to present their respective approaches and demonstrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, the volume is structured for optimal use as a clinical reference and text. All chapters retained from the prior edition have been extensively rewritten, and many new chapters have been added. Part I examines conceptual foundations and describes basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation. Part II, the largest section, covers the full range of methods, including progressive relaxation, hypnosis, biofeedback, meditation, cognitive methods, and other therapies. Each tightly edited chapter: (1) Details the method's history, theoretical underpinnings, and evidence base; (2) Spells out assessment procedures and techniques; (3) Provides step-by-step implementation guidelines; (4) Considers common treatment obstacles and how to overcome them; (5) Discusses strategies for increasing patient motivation and adherence; and (6) Illustrates the method with an in-depth case example. New to the third edition are chapters on mindfulness meditation, neurofeedback, EMDR, breathing retraining, heart rate variability biofeedback, exercise therapy, and Qigong. Finally, Part III explores applications in mental health, behavioral medicine, and sport psychophysiology (another new topic in this edition), shedding light on which approaches are most suitable for particular problems. The concluding chapter reviews the clinical research literature and offers clear recommendations for improving outcomes. This timely, authoritative book is an indispensable resource for clinical and health psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, nurses, and other professionals interested in learning and using stress management techniques. It will serve as a text in graduate-level courses in stress management, behavioral medicine, social work in health care, and related areas. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
224. Matthess, H. (2007, June). Profits from the benefit of structural dissociation on the application with EMDR for complex-traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with chronic and complex Posttraumatic Stress
Disorder (PTSD) caused by severe traumata in childhood,
are often still treated inadequately, especially when they
developed additional dissociative symptoms or a Dissociative
Disorder.
There is a current consensus about the need tomodify the
EMDR standard protocol in the treatment of complex
traumatized and dissociative clients. From the theoretical
background of structural dissociation theory and Janet’s
system of action systems, the therapist has not only to recognize
clients’ deficits but also to address action tendencies
in the client’s inner system that could ameliorate
coping strategies in solving problems in daily life.
With the help of bilateral stimulation, blending of parts
of the personality containing different information can
be promoted often resulting in remarkable changes in the
behavior and resource activation. The main principles
that need to be regarded treating complex and dissociative
clients with bilateral stimulation will be explained
and basic rules for treatment plans including the use of
EMDR will be developed.
English subtitled video examples demonstrate the proposed modification
of the EMDR standard protocol and will
be discussed in detail. I will present shortly recent research
findings on autonomic nervous system alterations
during EMDR. These results help to define special
working mechanisms of our modified EMDR protocol in
clients with dissociative disorders.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
225. Giannantonio, M. (2002, Settembre). Psicoterapia ipnotica e eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Sinergie e integrazioni nella psicoterapia dei disturbi post-traumatici e dell'attaccamento (EMDR) [Hypnotic psychotherapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Synergies and integration in psychotherapy with post-traumatic stress and attachment]. IX Congresso della Società Europea di Ipnosi: L'ipnosi e gli altri modelli terapeutici nel nuovo millennio, Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’incremento costante di interesse nei confronti dei disturbi post-traumatici sta
portando non soltanto ad un costante e rapido approfondimento delle conoscenze in questo
campo, ma anche ad una continua riscoperta della psicoterapia ipnotica e ad un suo
raffinamento come approccio psicoterapico. La psicoterapia ipnotica, infatti, non solo è la
più antica delle psicoterapie, ma anche la prima ad essere stata in grado di trattare con
successo gli esiti di esperienze traumatiche o altamente stressanti e ad attribuire ad esse
una adeguata rilevanza in seno ad una comprensione trasversale della psicopatologia tutta.
Nonostante l’evidente esistenza di frequenti esperienze traumatiche nel corso della vita
delle persone, con ogni probabilità, però, solo le conseguenze sociali drammatiche di
continui coinvolgimenti bellici (insieme alla rivoluzione della cultura femminista) hanno
portato definitivamente al centro dell’attenzione la presenza di esperienze reali come
implicate nello sviluppo di stati di sofferenza (Hacking, 1995). La rinascita del cosiddetto
“modello traumatico” di Pierre Janet ha portato ad una iniziale riscoperta dei traumi
secondo una concezione di essi come di esperienze discrete, circoscrivibili, rilevanti
essenzialmente per la loro grandezza oggettiva; una tale visione, infatti, viene ufficializzata
dalla pubblicazione della terza edizione del manuale Diagnostico e Statistico dei Disturbi
Mentali (DSM-III; American Psychiatric Association, 1980) e progressivamente diventa la
concezione dominante in tema di Disturbo Post-traumatico da Stress (PTSD). Il progresso
delle conoscenze, però, sta portando sempre più in luce che nella comprensione dei disturbi
post-traumatici sono necessari modelli molto più complessi e non lineari (Pennati, 1995,
2001; Pennati, Grecchi, 2001), valutativi di un insieme di condizioni cliniche molto più
vasto ed articolato di quello previsto dal DSM-IV (Wilson, Friedman, Lindy, 2001),
pienamente immersi nei molteplici e affatto secondari fattori di rischio: psicologici,
genetici, neurologici, biochimici, interpersonali, sociologici (per una rassegna: Yehuda,
1999). Oltre a ciò, anche nei confronti del più studiato e prototipico dei disturbi post2
traumatici, ovvero il Disturbo Post-traumatico da Stress, vengono sempre più decisamente
sollevate obiezioni concettuali che renderebbero quantomeno parzialmente discutibili le
ricerche sull’efficacia delle psicoterapie nel loro trattamento. Infatti, sebbene la quasi
totalità della ricerca si concentri sulla valutazione testistica dei sintomi di intrusione,
evitamento ed iperattivazione, nondimeno sembra opportuno pensare che il PTSD sia
costituito anche da alterazioni del sistema motivazionale dell’attaccamento, delle strategie
interpersonali e della strutturazione del Sé (Wilson, Friedman, Lindy, 2001) (Tabella 1).
The steady increase of interest in the post-traumatic stress is leading not only to a constant and rapid advancement of knowledge in this field, but also to a continuous rediscovery of hypnotic psychotherapy and its refinement as a psychotherapeutic approach. The hypnotic psychotherapy, in fact, not only is the oldest of psychotherapy, but also the first to be able to successfully treat the sequelae of traumatic or highly stressful experiences and to give them a proper understanding of relevance within a transverse all of psychopathology. Despite the apparent existence of frequent traumatic experiences in people's lives, in all likelihood, however, only the social consequences of dramatic escalation continues (along with the feminist revolution of culture) have finally brought to light the presence of real experiences as involved in the development of states of suffering (Hacking, 1995). The rebirth of the "trauma model" by Pierre Janet has led to a rediscovery of the initial trauma according to a conception of them as experiences of discrete constrained, mainly relevant for their size objective, such a vision, in fact, be formalized by publication of third edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III, American Psychiatric Association, 1980) and gradually became the dominant view in terms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The advancement of knowledge, however, is bringing more and more light in the understanding of post-traumatic stress models are needed much more complex and nonlinear (Penn, 1995, 2001; Pennati, Grecchi, 2001), evaluation of a set of conditions Clinical much more vast and that provided by the DSM-IV (Wilson, Friedman, Lindy, 2001), not fully immersed in multiple and secondary risk factors: psychological, genetic, neurological, biochemical, interpersonal, sociological (for a review: Yehuda, 1999). Moreover, even against the most studied and prototypical post2 traumatic disorder, or Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, are decidedly more conceptual objections that would make at least partially questionable research on the effectiveness of psychotherapy in their treatment. Although almost all of dissertation research focuses on evaluation of symptoms of intrusion, avoidance and hyperactivity, however, it seems appropriate to suggest that PTSD is also consist of changes in the motivational system of attachment, interpersonal strategies and structuring of the self ( Wilson, Friedman, Lindy, 2001) (Table 1).
Keywords: Attachment Posttraumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
226. Mollon, P. (2001, Summer). Psychoanalytic perspectives on accelerated information processing (EMDR). British Journal of Psychotherapy, 17(4), 448-464.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Psychoanalysis and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) are, in manifest technique, utterly different. Nevertheless, both may draw upon universal and natural processes of healing the mind. EMDR appears to facilitate the processing of emotional experience and review of defensive strategies. It may do so by inducing favourable changes at a neurobiological level, involving interhemispheric communication. Comparisons may be made with Bion's analogy of the mind as a digestive organ. Although initially framed within a cognitive-behavioural paradigm, EMDR is now used by clinicians of a wide range of backgrounds, including psychoanalytic. The clinical phenomena revealed by EMDR may have some implications for certain models of the mind within contemporary psychoanalysis, particularly concerning the past unconscious and the present unconscious. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Accelerated Information Processing AIP: Emotional Experience Emotional Trauma Psychoanalysis Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
227. Mollon, P. (2001, May). Psychoanalytical perspectives in EMDR (with clinical examples)". Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Psychoanalysis and EMDR are, in manifest technique, utterly different.
Nevertheless, both may draw upon universal and natural processes of healing the mind.
EMDR appears to facilitate the processing of emotional experience and review of defensive
strategies. It may do so by inducing favourable changes at a neurobiological level, involving
interhemispheric communication. Comparisons may be made with Bion's analogy of the
mind as a digestive organ. Although initially framed within a cognitive behavioural
paradigm, EMDR is now used by clinicians of a wide range of backgrounds, including
psychoanalytic. The clinical phenomena revealed by EMDR may have some implications for
certain models of the mind within contemporary psychoanalysis, particularly concerning the
past unconscious and the present unconscious.
Keywords: Psychoanalytic
Accuracy Verified: Yes
228. Keane, T. M. (1998). Psychological and behavioral treatments of post-traumatic stress disorder. In P. E. Nathan, & J. M. Gorman (Eds.), A guide to treatments that work (pp. 398-407). New York: Oxford University Press.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Several Type 1 and Type 2 random clinical trials (RCTs) have confirmed exposure therapy (including systematic desensitization, flooding, prolonged exposure, and implosive therapy) and, to a lesser extent, anxiety management techniques (using both cognitive and behavioral strategies) as the psychosocial treatments of choice for PTSD.Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a recently introduced approach to the treatment of PTSD, has shown some promise, although its research base to date, consisting largely of open clinical trials, is inadequte. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Epidemiology Exposure Therapy Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
229. Bryant, R. A. (1997, February). Psychological treatments of post-traumatic stress disorder. Psychotherapy in Australia, 3(2), 58-62.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
We do not yet know the best way to treat post-traumatic stress disorder. Bryant, a psychiatrist, summarises the current research, and strategies - then argues for a matching approach, given the strengths and limits of the various approaches. Cognitive-behavioural therapy is the most researched, and used, approach - and currently the method of choice. But we have a long way to go.
Keywords: Crisis Counselling Critical Incident Debriefing Disaster Recovery Psychotherapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
230. Hughes, J. H. (2006, July). Psychology and cognitive processing in post-traumatic disorders. Psychiatry, 5(7), 228-230. doi:10.1053/j.mppsy.2006.04.002.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) involves a number of cognitive factors in its aetiology and, therefore, in the criteria required for diagnosis. Whilst psychobiological theories and treatments are considered very briefly, the focus of this contribution is the role of cognitive factors in the onset, maintenance and treatment of PTSD. This contribution, therefore, reviews the role of cognitive factors in the genesis and development of PTSD before examining early cognitive theories, through the work of Mowrer on two-factor theory to the work of Foa and Kozak on emotional processing. The contribution then considers the current state of cognitive theorizing about PTSD, with particular reference to the theories of Brewin, Clark and Ehlers. The particular role of memory, the importance of previously held and current beliefs and the crucial part played by cognitive strategies are all considered and seen to be most important if the phenomenon of PTSD is to be fully understood. The two primary cognitively based treatments for PTSD – cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) – are then introduced and considered in turn, particularly from the point of examining how each treatment approach targets cognitive factors involved in the maintenance of post-traumatic symptomatology and distress.[Journal abstract]
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behaviorial Therapy Cognitive Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress-Related Disorders Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
231. Wheeler, K. (2007, July). Psychotherapeutic strategies for healing trauma. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 43(3), 132-141. doi:10.1111/j.1744-6163.2007.00122.x.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Purpose: The Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP), originally developed by Shapiro, provides a model for understanding how trauma affects the brain and how healing occurs. Conclusions: The effects of trauma are thought to be much broader than the diagnosis of PTSD and overlap with many other diagnostic categories. Recent physiological research supports the complexity of neurobiological responses to childhood stress and trauma. Practice Implications: The Treatment Hierarchy, AIP model, and evidence-based treatment framework presented here provide the context and a compass for holistic PMH-APRN practice for working with traumatized patients. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Cognitive Therapy Disorders of Extreme Stress (DESNOS) Healing Trauma Nursing Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
232. Miti, G. (2003, May). Psychotherapy of dissociative disorders: New strategies and new techniques in a new perspective. In Dissociation and theoretical methods. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Dissociation Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Ramos-Ruggiero, L., & Solomon, R. (2004, June). Recovery and processing of repressed traumatic memories during EMDR. In psychodynamics and EMDR (R. Hultstrand, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The identification and description of different defense mechanisms was one of Freud’s early discoveries. Defense mechanisms are defined as unconscious strategies in order to protect the subject from painful and anxious emotions or affects. The first defense mechanism described by Freud was repression. The repression is defined as the process in which unacceptable impulses and/or affects associated with traumatic experiences, or unresolved conflicts are repressed into the unconscious.
During the last 100 years, a number of discussions and controversies have taken place regarding repression. Are the so-called repressed memories and experiences stored somewhere? In that care, how can the subject get access to such repressed memories during the psychotherapeutic process?
Originally, Freud suggested hypnosis and later on free associations as a way of accessing repressed and unprocessed traumatic experiences and the underlying emotional conflicts in ‘neurotic’ psychopathology.
Is it possible to use EMDR in order to track down repressed memories of severe traumatic memories? If this is indeed possible, can EMDR make possible both a re-experiencing and a processing of the conflictual content? Is it possible to work through and integrate shame, guilt, and hate associated with grave abuse through EMDR treatment?
During this workshop, an extensive clinical material is presented from treatment sessions with Grace, a woman of 55 with severely traumatic background (torture, prison, and childhood sexual abuse). During the workshop, several video-taped sequences will serve as examples of the remarkable findings as Grace, assisted by eye movements, for the first time recovers and re-experiences severely traumatic childhood experiences.
The EMDR treatment works simultaneously in disarming repression, to process, and to liberate her from severe psychosomatic symptoms; symptoms which have neither found explanation nor remedy during a long treatment process.
Keywords: Psychodynamism Repressed Memories Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Goldberg, A. (2010, October). Relational affect regulation: An integrative protocol for complex trauma surviviors. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment theory and interpersonal neurobiology
demonstrate the importance of the therapeutic relationship as a primary change mechanism. With survivors of childhood relational trauma, betrayal of trust and attachment
issues create obstacles to developing a secure therapeutic alliance. Even when the therapeutic relationship feels more secure, these clients often experience separation between
sessions as attachment loss. This can feel burdensome to the therapist, who may receive multiple crisis phone calls throughout the week. In this presentation, the relational affect regulation protocol will be explained and case
examples will illustrate how it is put into practice. Drawing upon concepts from Stress Inoculation Training (SIT), Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP)
and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR), the protocol helps facilitate dyadic affect regulation and object constancy during the stabilization phase of treatment with complex trauma survivors. The elements of an SIT script will be described and creative
adaptations will be proposed. AEDP microprocessing of the client’s experience of the therapist reading the script to the client will be explained and illustrated. The EMDR
procedure for installation of the therapist as a resource will be taught and strategies for utilizing this as a selfsoothing method between sessions will be delineated.
Participants will be able to:
discuss two problems clients ♦♦ with Complex PTSD
have with attachment and fear of attachment
loss in therapy, and will be able to identify
three strategies to address this issue.
♦♦ explain AEDP microprocessing of interactions
between client and therapist, and how this
technique can help survivors of childhood relational trauma to develop trust in the therapist.
♦♦ list the four essential elements of an SIT script and utilize the steps involved in the relational affect regulation protocol with their clients.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Relational Affect Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Dworkin, M. (2002, June). Relational strategies in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Many memories, explicit and implicit, and their concomitant sensations, are stimulated intersubjectively, spontaneously, and continuously, forming a multiplicity of feedback loops from clinician's witting and unwitting participation in these processes. Transferential remarks may become sources of potential targeting, which may spontaneously bring the client back to old unfinished material. Somatomsensory countertransferential reactions may serve as sources of rich data to identify and work out blocks at a moment that a session seems to stall. The Relational Interweave, a relatively new intersubjective strategy, takes reactions of clinician and client into account and opens opportunities for new and more powerful links to positive neural networks enhancing the work. This workshop will teach rapid methods of identifying and sequencing and intervening in this intersubjective processes.
Keywords: Relational Interweave Relational Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. Cybela, D., & Karger, B. (2005, September). Removing internal barriers to leadership – An EMDR performance enhancement program. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A Performance Enhancement Program using EMDRA can be an effective leadership development tool. The issue of management related stress was explored as a roadblock to effective leadership. APEX, LLC, in partnership wit Marathon County, has created an innovative package for leadership development, which has demonstrated positive results in improving the participants' self-confidence, optimism, and social skills in the work setting, along with reducing overall job stress. The program incorporates EMDR and a non-clinical personality to assess the individual's coping style for managing stress in the workplace. Specific strategies for identifying negative and positive cognitions unique to this population are noted.
Keywords: Job Stress Management Related Stress Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. Gomez, A. (2011, August). Repairing the attachment system through the use of EMDR, play and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This practical and hands on presentation is designed to provide fresh, creative and effective strategies for clinicians working with insecurely attached children and adolescents. The focus of this presentation is placed on the reprocessing phases of EMDR treatment (4-6), the healing of the attachment system and the use of reparative interweaves. This includes interweaves designed to promote integration at different levels of human experience: Cognitive, emotional, somatic and spiritual. Interweaves directed to complete defensive responses, meet attachment needs, modulate arousal and maintain the social engagement system active will be demonstrated. Several video clips will be presented to provide a very concrete and tangible experience.
Keywords: Attachment Creativity Play
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Nathanson, D., & Leeds, A. (1998, July). Reprocessing affect: A conversation on convergence in EMDR and affect theory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) gain an understanding of specific ways affect and script theory can help guide the clinical application of EMDR; 2) gain an understanding of how treatment responses to EMDR can deepen our understanding of the human affect system; 3) be challenged to consider ways in which EMDR can be used to help develop research validation for central elements of affect theory; and 4) gain an understanding of how affect theory provides a powerful way of understanding healthy and disturbed patterns in human attachment and how this perspective can guide EMDR treatment strategies in more complex case presentations.
Keywords: Affect Theory Script Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Hase, M. H., Popky, A. J., & Woffgramm, J. (2007, June). Reprocessing of the addiction memory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A randomized pilot study demonstrated the efficacy of EMDR to reduce the craving in alcohol addicted in-patients (Hase, 2006). The rationale of this EMDR approach is based on the concept of the addiction memory (Woffgramm and Heyne, 1995; Heyne, May et al, 2000; Wolffgramm, Galli et al, 2000). The addiction memory qualifies as a maladaptive memory regarding to the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The DeTUR approach was introduced to reprocess triggers for abuse and to reduce the user to use a drug in 1998 (Popky, 1998; Popky, 2005). If differs slightly in it rationale. J. Wolffgramm established an animal model of addiction providing data to move towards the concept of memory of addiction (Wolffgramm, Galli et al, 200). A. J. Popky established the DeTUR approach. M. Hase conducted the randomized pilot study demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of alcohol addicts. Wolffgramm, Popky, and Hase will discuss research, theory, and practice of EMDR in the treatment of addictions representing the state of the art of EMDR addiction treatment.
Hase, M. (2006, September) EMDR applied to reprocess the addiction memory in alcohol addicted in-patients. Outcome and follow-up data of a clinical study, 2006 EMDRIA Conference, Philadelphia, PA.
Heyne, A., May, T. et al. (2000). "Persisting consequences of drug intake toward a memory of addiction," J. Neural Transm, 107(6), 613-638.
Popky, A. J. (1998). DeTUR, (Desensitization triggers and urge reprocessing). Monte Sereno, CA.
Popky, A. J. (2005). "DeTUR, an urge reduction. protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors," in EMDR Solutions. R. Shapiro. New York: W. W. Norton, pp. 167-188.
Wolffgramm, J. G., Galli, G. et al. (2000). "Animal models of addiction: Models for therapeutic strategies." J. Neural Transm, 107(6), 649-668.
Wolffgramm, J., & Heyne, A. (1995). "From controlled drug intake to loss of control: The irreversible development of drug addiction in the rat." Behav Brain Res, 70(1), 77-94.
Keywords: Addiction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Weisensee, K. (2002). Resiliency through EMDR self-administration: A proposal for a protocol. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Some basic ideas and experiences with Self-administration of EMDR are reported and
three different zones are discriminated: the self-administration zone, the selfadministration
standard protocol zone and the zone of therapy. Different strategies for
self-administration in the case of small trauma "t" and life events "less than t" are
explored, the probably existing risk of a habituation effect is mentioned and a first
modest proposal for a protocol for every day use of EMDR self-administration is
recommended. The development of the EMDR field, the training in EMDR and the
further course of EMDR to a more complete form of psychotherapy are taken into
considerations.
Keywords: Self-Administration
Accuracy Verified: No
241. Kiessling, R. (2001, December). Resource focused progression. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 35-36.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The following Resource Focused Progression
may be implemented during the Preparation
Phase of the Standard EMDR Protocol. These
interventions are designed to help stabilize and
prepare a client for the traditional EMDR
targeting protocol.
These strategies have been developed by a
number of EMDR clinicians – I have tried to
give credit where credit is due – any omissions
are unintentional.
Keywords: Resource Focus Progression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
242. Kusumowardhani, R. (2010, July). Safe place and light stream stabilization technique on EMDR prepartion phase are effective for coping insomnia on women patient that newly diagnosed HIV infected. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper will look at the effective use of the eight phases of the EMDR protocol in IMAGO therapy. It will be used to provide theoretical linkages between the use and integration of EMDR and IMAGO in couple’s therapy. Both these will be understood in relation to how they will help achieve integration with couples at diverse levels. Therapists will learn how to utilise both modalities (EMDR & IMAGO) effectively. They will understand the use of the touchstone event, to bring about shifts in individual and couples behaviour. They will also witness that without the use of EMDR the behavioural change cannot be long term. Capacitate participants in process and strategies for incorporating EMDR into IMAGO couples therapy practices. Provide participants with practical examples of EMDR and IMAGO through the behaviour change.
Keywords: HIV Insomnia Light Stream Safe Place Women
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. Forgash, C. A., & Knipe, J. (2001, June). Safety-focused EMDR/Ego state treatment of severe ego state disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn 1) why emotional safety is a primary concern in the treatment of Ego State Disorders with EMDR; 2) a way to accurately monitor, using treatment, a client's orientation to present time and safety; and 3) specific innovative treatment strategies which use alternate stimulation to enhance feelings of safety, thereby facilitating processing.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Emotional Safety Integrated EMDR/Ego State Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. Najavits, L. (2004, September). Seeking safety: A stabilization therapy for PTSD and substance abuse. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The goal of this presentation is to describe current state-of-the-art knowledge about the treatment of patients with the dual diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder and substance abuse, a population that is typically considered "difficult to treat" We will cover background on PTSD (including rates, the “typical case”, models and stages of treatment, clinical dilemmas, and gender issues) and clinical interventions for PTSD and substance abuse (including demonstration of specific treatment strategies, assessment tools, and community resources).
Keywords: PTSD Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Petermann, F., & Winkel, S. (2007). Selbstverletzendes verhalten - Diagnostik und psychotherapeutische ansätze [Self-injury - diagnosis and psychotherapeutic approaches]. Zeitschrift für Psychiatrie, Psychologie und Psychotherapie, 55(2), 123-133. doi:10.1024/1661-4747.55.2.123.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Selbstverletzendes Verhalten wie Sich-Schneiden und Kratzen kommt sowohl bei männlichen als auch bei weiblichen Jugendlichen verhältnismäßig häufig vor. Es handelt sich dabei in den meisten Fällen um den Ausdruck schwerwiegender psychischer und/oder sozialer Belastungen und sollte als Hinweis darauf gewertet werden, dass der oder die Jugendliche Hilfe und Unterstützung benötigt. Dieser Beitrag befasst sich vor allem mit den aktuellen Möglichkeiten der Diagnostik und Therapie selbstverletzenden Verhaltens. Beispielhaft werden Selbstbeurteilungsinstrumente vorgestellt, die verschiedene Aspekte selbstverletzenden Verhaltens detailliert erfassen. Sie können bei der Identifikation und Differenzialdiagnostik, aber auch zur Vorbereitung, Begleitung und Evaluation therapeutischer Maßnahmen eingesetzt werden. Als besonders vielversprechende Interventionsmöglichkeiten werden die DBT-A (Dialektisch-Behaviorale Therapie für Adoleszente) und das Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) vorgestellt, wobei für die DBT-A bereits erste positive empirische Befunde vorliegen. Die Wirksamkeit dieser Verfahren sollte zukünftig möglichst in kontrolliert-randomisierten Studien geprüft werden.
Self-injurious behavior without suicidal intent, like wrist-cutting or scratching, is quite common among male and female adolescents. It indicates severe psychological strain and can be interpreted as a call for help and support. This paper introduces several currently available assessment tools as well as therapeutic strategies. Self-report questionnaires can be implemented to identify self-injurious behavior and in order to discriminate it from other types of psychopathology, for example suicidal behavior. Furthermore, they can be used to prepare, adapt and evaluate therapeutic interventions. Promising therapeutic strategies - Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT), Dialectical Behavior Therapy for Adolescents (DBT-A) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) - are introduced in more detail. Further research in this area involving controlled-randomized studies is needed.
Keywords: Assessment DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Self-Injurious Behavior
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Smyth, N.,(Chair), Bath, K., de Jongh, A., Greenwald, R., Lee, C., & Maxfield, L. (2002, June). Setting guidelines for EMDR research: A roundtable discussion EMDRIA research committee. Roundtable discussion at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research on EMDR has reached the stage where it is now important to have recommended directions and strategies for research on specific
applications of EMDR. This session will be a working discussion of research committee members, and any other interested participants on this topic. The goal of this session is to develop guidelines for EMDR research on PTSD, phobias, complex trauma, and components analyses/dismantling studies.
Keywords: Guidelines Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients
with
complex
dissociative
disorders
usually
are
in
trauma-‐
induced
wake
trance-‐states.
Due
to
this,
they
might
thrive
from
treatment-‐
strategies,
where
skills
in
clinical
hypnosis,
from
the
side
of
the
therapists,
are
added
to
the
treatment
model.
Clinical
hypnosis
also
offers
excellent
tools
for
working
with
attachment
traumas
and
reinstalls
the
neuroception
of
safety.
This
workshop
highlights
seven
strategies
for
extending
the
EMDR
standard
protocol,
mainly
built
on
clinical
hypnosis.
They
consist
of:
(1)
Formal
hypnotic
induction
of
safe
place/safe
state
BEFORE
introducing
EMDR
under
phase
I
treatment
(2)
Informal
hypnotic
induction
for
ongoing
activation
of
the
social
engagement
system
when
clients
are
in
trance
(3)
Using
hyper-‐empirical
trance
inductions
under
exposure
phase
(ie
helping
the
clients
to
stay
present
with
dual
awareness
by
continuously
inducing
trance,
thus
helping
them
to
titrate
the
trauma-‐material
(4)
Addressing
ego-‐states
that
react
as
if
they
still
are
bound
in
trauma-‐time
(5)
Addressing
resource-‐rich
ego-‐states
and
parts
of
the
self,
f
ex
ISH
(internal
self-‐
helper),
thus
helping
the
client
to
begin
to
metabolize
the
trauma
material
(6)
Installation
of
hope
and
the
“memory
of
the
future”
(7)
Using
post-‐hypnotic
suggestions
for
enhancing
the
neuroception
of
safety
between
sessions.
Learning
objectives:
Demonstrate
how
to
use
EMDR
and
hypnosis
for
stabilization
and
work
with
parts
within
phase
II
work,
addressing
the
special
needs
of
continuous
stabilization
for
this
population.
Develop
an
understanding
of
how
to
enhance
the
integrative
capacity
during
trauma-‐work
with
DD-‐clients.
Apply
structured
techniques
and
rationales
for
calming
and
soothing
patients
related
to
their
integrative
capacity
during
extended
EMDR-‐work.
Los
clientes
con
trastornos
disociativos
complejos
normalmente
se
encuentran
en
estados
de
trance
despierto
inducido
por
el
trauma.
Debido
a
esto,
pueden
crecer
rápidamente
de
estrategias
de
tratamiento,
donde
estrategias
de
hipnosis
clínica
se
añaden
al
modelo
de
tratamiento
por
parte
del
terapeuta.
La
hipnosis
clínica
ofrece
también
excelentes
herramientas
para
trabajar
con
traumas
de
apego
y
reinstalar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad.
Este
taller
subraya
siete
estrategias
para
extender
el
protocolo
estándar
de
EMDR,
principalmente
basadas
en
la
hipnosis
clínica.
Consisten
en:
(1) Inducción
hipnótica
formal
del
lugar
seguro/
estado
de
seguridad
ANTES
de
introducir
la
fase
I
de
tratamiento
de
EMDR
(2) Inducción
hipnótica
informal
para
la
activación
continuada
de
los
sistemas
de
compromiso
social
cuando
los
clientes
están
en
trance
(3) Uso
de
inducciones
al
trance
hiper-‐empíricas
en
la
fase
de
exposición
(ej,
ayudar
a
los
clientes
a
estar
presentes
con
conciencia
dual
mediante
la
inducción
continua
al
trance,
por
tanto
ayudándoles
a
valorar
el
material
traumático.
(4) Dirigirse
a
los
estados
del
ego
que
reaccionan
como
si
aún
estuviesen
atados
al
tiempo
traumático
(5) Dirigirse
a
estados
del
ego
ricos
en
recursos
y
a
partes
del
yo,
por
ejemplo,
al
ISH
(en
inglés
yo-‐interno
ayudante),
por
tanto
ayudando
al
cliente
a
empezar
a
metabolizar
el
material
traumático
(6) Instalación
de
esperanza
y
la
“memoria
de
futuro”
(7) Usando
sugestión
post-‐hipnótica
para
fomentar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad
entre
sesiones.
Objetivos
de
aprendizaje:
Demostrar
cómo
usar
EMDR
e
hipnosis
para
estabilizar
y
trabajar
con
las
partes
en
el
trabajo
de
la
fase
II,
dirigiéndonos
a
las
necesidades
especiales
de
estabilización
continua
para
esta
población.
Desarrollar
un
entendimiento
de
cómo
fomentar
la
capacidad
integrativa
cuando
se
trabaja
el
trauma
con
clientes-‐DD.
Aplicación
de
técnicas
estructuradas
y
racionales
para
calmar
y
tranquilizar
a
los
pacientes
en
relación
con
su
capacidad
integrativa
durante
trabajo
extendido
con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from
treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also
offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety.
This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of:
1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment.
2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance.
3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by
continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material.
4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time.
5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize
the trauma material.
6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”.
7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions.
Learning objectives:
Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of
continuous stabilization for this population.
Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and
rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.
Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el
trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo
de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y
reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad.
Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en:
1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR.
2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance.
3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual
mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático.
4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático.
5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto
ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático.
6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”.
7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones.
Objetivos de aprendizaje:
Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades
especiales de estabilización continua para esta población.
Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas
estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Edmond, T., Sloan, L., & McCarty, D. (2004, July). Sexual abuse survivors’ perceptions of the effectiveness of EMDR and eclectic therapy. Research on Social Work Practice, 14(4), 259-272. doi:10.1177/1049731504265830.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objective: This article examines survivor perspectives of the effectiveness of two different treatments for trauma symptoms among adult female survivors of childhood sexual abuse -- Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and eclectic therapy. Method: Qualitative interviews obtained in the context of a mixed-methods study were conducted with 38 adult female survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Results: Two major differences in outcomes between the two treatment approaches were observed. There were considerable distinctions between the two treatment groups in terms of the importance and effect of the client-therapist relationship, and in terms of the depth of change reportedly caused by the different therapies. Conclusions: Survivors' narratives indicate that EMDR produces greater trauma resolution, while within eclectic therapy, survivors more highly value their relationship with their therapist, through whom they learn effective coping strategies. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Child Abuse Depressive Disorders Empirical Study Females Individual Psychotherapy Mixed Methods Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study Rape Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Silver, S. (2008, September). Shades of gray, Part II: Ethical issues for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR Consultants face the challenging task of providing consultation to EMDR therapists so they can help those therapists understand the nature of ethical EMDR practice and then apply those principals within their practice. In addition, practicing EMDR consultation ethically carries its own challenges. This workshop will: explore the ethical principals that are especially uniquely relevant to EMDR consultation; discuss the meaning of ethical consultation for EMDR consultants; and describe strategies for facilitating ethical practice among their consultees. While participants will be asked to work within their own discipline’s ethical standards, the workshop will use the ethical code of the American Psychological Association as its reference point (because this is what EMDRIA utilizes when there is no ethical code that applies to a particular practitioner). Practitioners who are governed by an ethical code (e.g. nurses, social workers, marriage and family therapists) should review their own ethical codes prior to coming to the workshop.
Keywords: Ethics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. Dodgson, P. W. (2007, June). Shame: The adaptive information processing model and introduction of the "protocol interweave" in EMDR with victims of torture, rape and organised violence. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Shame is often a key component of post-traumatic stress and one that can inhibit processing because the person concerned feels no compassion for the self that was shamed. Shame may lead to despising or hating that self so that allowing the self to grow, to recovered, feels almost impossible. Shame is experienced cognitively, emotionally, and somatically: in “brain, heart, and body.”
Shame may lead to blocked processing that does not respond to cognitive interweaves or other approaches such as changes in speed, modality and direction of bilateral stimulation, or “TICES’ strategies, changing aspects of images, cognitions or emotional and sensory interventions. Typically, Subjective Units of Distress scale scored stick at 4.
This paper will draw on clinical work with people who have experienced rape, torture and organized violence and explore ways of unlocking the inhibiting factors of shame, enabling the victim of personal violence to have compassion for themselves, and forgiveness. With compassion, a person can allow themself to recover, and processing the memories of the traumatic incident or incidents can move to adaptive resolution.
The paper will present case material using the adaptive information processing model as a helpful way of enabling clinets to normalize their mental, emotional and somatic reactions, to structure what often seems like a chaotic inner world and to address issues including shame.
This paper will propose a protocol for EMDR psychotherapy with people who have been victims of rape, torture, and organized violence and will introduce a “protocol interweave” for working with people for whom shame is a factor that impedes effective processing.
The “protocol interweave” focuses on the ‘self who has been shamed” and adapts the desensitization phase to enable the individual to process material associated with their thoughts, feelings, and sensations with regards to the self of whom they are ashamed and whom they may despise. The paper will also examine recent thinking about shame, compassion and forgiveness and reflect on similarities across psychotherapeutic modalities such as gestalt and cognitive behaviour therapy and the way in which EMDR is an integrative model that accommodates these.
The presentation will include PowerPoint and video clips of clinical consultations.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Organised Violence Protocol Interweave Rape Shame Torture
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Struik, A. (2011, April). Slapende honden? Wakker maken! Een stabilisatie methode voor vroegkinderlijk, chronisch getraumatiseerde kinderen [Dogs? Wake up! A stabilization method for early, chronic traumatized children]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De stabilisatie en behandeling van deze kinderen kan gecompliceerd zijn. Vanzelfsprekend is het creëren van een veilige omgeving en een hechtingsfiguur een eerste stap. Maar wat dan? Deze kinderen functioneren soms ogenschijnlijk goed. Hun vermijdingsstrategieën zijn effectief en ze weigeren om over het trauma te praten of zeggen dat ze het vergeten zijn. Ze hebben er geen last meer van, of ze weten er niks meer van omdat ze een dissociatieve stoornis hebben. Maar de verleiding van de therapeut om dan geen slapende honden wakker te maken is een gevaarlijke. Want onder deze ogenschijnlijk goed functionerende buitenkant, zit een constant alert, angstig en eenzaam kind. Dit kind kan zich niet hechten en dit gebrek aan veilige hechting is verwoestend voor de ontwikkeling. Dit wordt echter vaak alleen zichtbaar door er expliciet naar te zoeken, zeker als er sprake is van dissociatie.
In deze presentatie zal ik toelichten hoe je deze stabilisatiemethode, welke een bewerking is van De drie testen (Spierings, 2008), kunt gebruiken en met name bij dissociatieve stoornissen. Deze methode helpt de therapeut om te beslissen of een kind verdere stabilisatie nodig heeft en hoe dat te bereiken, voordat met EMDR gestart kan worden. Deze workshop is anders dan de presentatie van vorig jaar omdat de focus meer ligt op het toepassen van de methode en dan met name bij dissociatie.
Allereerst begin je natuurlijk met diagnostiek van dissociatie. Door dan de problemen die het kind ervaart te koppelen aan ervaringen in het verleden wordt het kind gemotiveerd voor behandeling. Dan worden de zes stappen van de stabilisatiemethode (veiligheid, rust in het dagelijks leven, hechting verbeteren, emotieregulatie, zelfbeeld en notendop) toegelicht. Dan wordt besproken hoe EMDR kan worden geïntegreerd in een gefaseerde behandeling voor deze kinderen en wat aanpassingen zijn bij dissociatieve stoornissen.
The stabilization and treatment of these children can be complicated. Obviously, creating a safe environment and an attachment figure is a first step. But what then? These children sometimes seemingly functioning properly. Their avoidance strategies are effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they forgot it. They have no more trouble, they know nothing more because they have a dissociative disorder. But the seduction of the therapist and then to wake sleeping dogs is dangerous. For, by this seemingly well-functioning without, is a constant alert, anxious and lonely child. This child can not stick and this lack of secure attachment is devastating for the development. This is often visible only by explicitly to look for, especially when there is dissociation.
In this presentation I will explain how this stabilization method, which is a reworking of the three tests (Spierings, 2008), can use and in particular in dissociative disorders. This method helps the therapist to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to reach before EMDR can be started. This workshop is different than the presentation of last year because the focus is more on applying the method and especially for dissociation.
First you start with diagnostics course of dissociation. By then the problems the child experiences to link past experiences, the child is motivated for treatment. Then the six steps of the method of stabilization (safety, peace in everyday life, improve adherence, emotion regulation, and self nutshell) explained. Then discusses how EMDR can be integrated into a phased treatment for these children and what changes in dissociative disorders.
Keywords: Children Dissociative Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. Struik, A. (2011, Févrieri). Sleeping dogs: Stabilisation et EMDR pour enfants et adolescents avec traumatismes complexes [Sleeping dogs: Stabilizing and EMDR for children and adolescents with complex trauma]. Avc de l' UPC KULeuven, Campus Kortenberg, Belgium.
Language: Dutch
Format: Other
Abstract:
Stabiliser et traiter les enfants traumatisés et souvent dissociés peut être compliqué. En apparence, ils peuvent sembler fonctionner relativement bien. Leurs stratégies d'évitement paraissent efficaces et ils refusent de parler du trauma ou disent qu'ils l'ont oublié. Cela ne les perturbe plus. Mais le désir du thérapeute de laisser les chiens dormir tranquillement est une stratégie dangereuse. Sous cette apparence de bon fonctionnement extérieur l'enfant est terrifié, constamment en alerte et seul, incapable de trouver le réconfort. Cet enfant ne peut s'attacher et ce manque d'attachement sécure peut dévaster son développement futur. Cependant, ce n'est que par une anamnèse détaillée réalisée par les soignants et les instituteurs que ces problèmes souvent cachés peuvent être révélés.
Arianne expliquera les principes de base de la dissociation et de la dissociation structurelle chez les enfants dans le but d'aider à les traiter.
Dans ce workshop, elle fera une démonstration du "6 tests", un nouveau modèle unique de stabilisation pour enfants. La stabilisation inclut la motivation, la psycho-éducation, la création d'un lieu sûr, l'activation du système d'attachement, des outils d'auto-régulation, des changements cognitifs, etc . Le "6 tests" aide le thérapeute à décider si l'enfant a besoin de stabilisation supplémentaire et comment l'établir avant de commencer l'EMDR.
Stabilize and treat traumatized children and often dissociated can be complicated. Outwardly, they may appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they have forgotten. That does not disturb more. But the therapist's desire to let the dogs sleep in peace is a dangerous strategy. Under the appearance of functioning outside the child is terrified, alone and constantly alert, unable to find comfort. This child can not concentrate and lack of secure attachment can devastate its future development. However, it is only through a detailed history completed by caregivers and teachers that these often hidden problems can be revealed.
Arianne will explain the basic principles of unbundling and structural separation of children in order to help address them.
In this workshop she will demonstrate the "6 tests," a new model for stabilization of single children. Stabilization includes motivation, psycho-education, creating a safe place, the activation of attachment system, tools for self-regulation, the exchange
In this workshop she will demonstrate the "6 tests," a new model for stabilization of single children. Stabilization includes motivation, psycho-education, creating a safe place, the activation of attachment system, tools for self-regulation, cognitive changes, etc.. "6 test" helps the therapist to decide if the child requires additional stabilization and how to prepare before starting EMDR.
Keywords: Adults Children Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Dworkin, M. (2010, March). Solving transference and counter-transference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Chair, Michael Paterson
This workshop will focus on the types of transference and counter-transference that arise in
EMDR with dissociative clients and teach solutions. Procedural modifications have been the
focus in dealing with pathological dissociation in EMDR treatment. Separately, transference
and counter-transference with dissociative patients have been written about extensively by
experts in the dissociation field. Research findings about the effects of mirror neurons and
embedded simulation on the inter-subjective field of patient and therapist have also been
published. Strategies for dealing with these transference and counter-transference in EMDR
treatment have received little attention even though this population has intense transference,
and can activate intense counter-transference. These issues may begin during an evaluation
of the presenting problems. Strategies for identifying and using transference to enhance
dual awareness during history taking will be demonstrated. An elongated preparation phase
to develop enough trust and stabilization before exploring traumatic memories can limit
induced transference. Different parts of a dissociative patient may have different kinds of
transferences. These transferences may cause the patient to withdraw, cling or attack;
affecting the therapist’s abilities to stay attuned and focused on the work in different phases
of EMDR. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the client will be demonstrated
in order to repair or prevent ruptures of attunement. Interactions are bi-directional, and
different (transferential) parts may activate dissociative parts of the therapist. Strategies to
somatically identify and use these counter-transferential activations in the therapist will be
taught through body based awarenesses. R/D/I strategies can be used to limit countertransference
to remain grounded and attuned. Transference and counter-transference during
the assessment phase will be identified and solutions presented. During the Desensitization
phase under-accessing or over-accessing target memories; abreaction vs. vehement emotions
will be discussed as unacknowledged dissociative moments with indications for inducing
transference, counter-transference, or both. Decisions need be made collaboratively whether
to process or contain these events. Understanding and dealing with dilemmas of dissociative
enactments are crucial to keeping the healing process going. These inter-subjective issues
may be most intense during the first four phases, but some problems may continue into
Installation and the Body Scan. Problems and solutions during Incomplete Closure and the
Re-evaluation phases will be given. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with
the therapist at the end of an EMDR session. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist
may become activated as well. Solutions to these issues that occur during different phases
will be taught so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies to use
with their dissociative patients. Attunement to dissociative parts, identifying transference
and counter-transference binds; The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire ;
Compartmentalization; use of self soothing skills; using Relational, Empathic, and
Transferential Interweaves; identifying moments of projective identification and enactments,
and then to use them to deepen EMDR will be taught, as well as innovative inter-subjective
strategies . Case examples and awareness exercises will used throughout the workshop to
facilitate intellectual and experiential learning.
Keywords: Counter-transference Dissociative Disorders Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Solving transference and countertransference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on transference and countertransference problems and solutions in EMDR with dissociative clients. There will be a short literature review on procedural modifications in dealing with dissociation in EMDR, and transference and countertransference with dissociative patients. Research findings on mirror neurons and embodied simulation will be taught to enhance the participant’s understanding of the neurobiological substrates for attunement and resonance, and for solving transference and countertransference with dissociatives in EMDR when ruptures to relatedness occurs. Identifying and using transference reactions to enhance dual awareness will be demonstrated in history taking. Enhancements in preparation phase will be shown through case example to limit induced transference. Transference and countertransference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions offered. In the Desensitization phase EMDR processing may induce transference, countertransference, or both (even with procedural modifications). Intersubjective challenges seem to be more intense during phases 1 -4 and 7-8. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session, or during Re-evaluation. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated then as well. Different parts of a dissociative patient may appear with different kinds of transferences during different EMDR phases. These transferences challenge therapist’s abilities to stay attuned. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the patient will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures to the alliance and to understand the nature of the dissociated communication. Bi-directional interactions may activate parts of the patient and therapist without conscious awareness. Strategies to somatically identify and use these countertransferential activations will be taught through experiential exercises so that the therapist may have a more in depth understanding of the dissociative patient’s communications. R/D/I strategies will be reviewed and applied to the therapist to limit countertransference activations. Dealing with dissociative enactments are crucial to identify ruptures to the therapeutic alliance, restore attunement and resonance, uncover dissociative messages that can be used during EMDR processing.. Solutions to the problems that occur during different EMDR phases will be taught using lecture, discussion, case examples, written and experiential exercises so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies. Solutions include how to maintain attunement to dissociative parts during transferential activations while enhancing dual awareness; how to identify transference and countertransference problems during phases 1-4 and 7-8 and use them as additional sources of dissociated communications that can be used in EMDR processing ; how to use the Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire to identify and process countertransference problems ; how to use compartmentalization strategies using R/D/I to limit countertransference activations; how to develop self soothing skills for the therapist’s dissociated parts; how and when to use Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves during Desensitization; and how to identify moments of enactments, and using EMDR strategies to deepen the EMDR experience .
Keywords: Countertransference Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Anton, A., Funabiki, D., Shiromoto, J., & Spiro, M. L. (1994, March). Somatic disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Is the anxiety reaction better conceptualized as a post-traumatic
effect of the client's illness experiences and/or medical
interventions?
Identify relevant anxiety-provoking stimuli (sensory,
cognitions, images) related to the past experience.
Establish EMDR targets and desired cognitions.
EMDR procedure.
Assess for generalization of therapeutic effects.
Evaluate anticipatory anxiety for the medical intervention. Can
the intervention be conceptualized as an acute psychological
crisis?
Understand the client's "explanatory models for the illness
as it relates to the medical intervention.
Determine client's knowledge about the illness and
intervention; provide educational component as necessary.
Identify salient anxiety-provoking stimuli (sensory,
cognitions, images).
Assist client in developing a "personal places or a state of
"0 SUDS".
Use Guided Imagery to help client reframe the medical
intervention.
Use imagery and metaphor to create a therapeutic context for
the medical intervention.
Incorporate key elements of the interventions (e.g., preoperative
preparation, the surgery room, the medical staff
and apparatuses).
Rehearse cognitions involving coping strategies.
Keywords: Somatic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Anton, A., Funabiki, D., & Spiro, M. L. (1993, March). Somatic disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Is the anxiety reaction better conceptualized as a post-traumatic
effect of the client's illness experiences and/or medical
interventions?
Identify relevant anxiety-provoking stimuli (sensory,
cognitions, images) related to the past experience.
Establish EMDR targets and desired cognitions.
EMDR procedure.
Assess for generalization of therapeutic effects.
Evaluate anticipatory anxiety for the medical intervention. Can
the intervention be conceptualized as an acute psychological
crisis?
Understand the client's "explanatory models for the illness
as it relates to the medical intervention.
Determine client's knowledge about the illness and
intervention; provide educational component as necessary.
Identify salient anxiety-provoking stimuli (sensory,
cognitions, images).
Assist client in developing a "personal place or a state of
"0 SUDS".
Use Guided Imagery to help client reframe the medical
intervention.
Use imagery and metaphor to create a therapeutic context for
the medical intervention.
Incorporate key elements of the interventions (e.g., preoperative
preparation, the surgery room, the medical staff
and apparatuses).
Rehearse cognitions involving coping strategies.
Keywords: Somatic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Neuner, F. (2008, Juli). Stabilisierung vor konfrontation in der traumatherapie -- Grundregel oder mythos? [Stabilization before confrontation in trauma treatment -- Elementary rule or myth?]. Verhaltenstherapie, 18(2), 109-118. doi:10.1159/000134006.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Psychotherapie der PTBS ist oft in die Phasen der Stabilisierung und Konfrontation unterteilt. In der Stabilisierungsphase lernt der Patient, Strategien zur Regulierung und Kontrolle beeinflussen Symptome. Danach kann die Erinnerungen an das traumatische Ereignis offen gelegt und verarbeitet werden in der Konfrontation Phase. Deutsch Behandlungsrichtlinien und etwas Text Pfund postulieren, dass eine Phase der Stabilisierung bedingungslos vor der Konfrontation mit dem Trauma Erinnerungen erforderlich stattfinden kann. Im Gegensatz zu dieser Aussage, Evidenz aus randomisierten, kontrollierten Studien zeigt, dass die sogenannten Trauma-Ansätze konzentrieren (Varianten der kognitiven Verhaltenstherapie, Exposition Therapie und EMDR) die erfolgreichsten Methoden für die Behandlung von PTBS sind. Als Konsequenz empfehlen mehreren internationalen Verbänden und Instituten diese Verfahren als Therapie der ersten Wahl. Alle Trauma-konzentrierte Ansätze umfassen irgendeine Art von Konfrontation mit nur rudimentären Stabilisierung oder ohne Stabilisierung bei allen. Darüber hinaus gibt es keine Hinweise, dass die Exposition Verfahren gefährlicher als Stabilisierung oder dass sie weniger gut toleriert und akzeptiert werden. Ebenso gibt es keinen Beweis, dass die Stabilisierung ist notwendig für Patienten mit komplexen Trauma-bedingten Erkrankungen wie bei erwachsenen Patienten mit einer Vorgeschichte von sexuellem Missbrauch. Entgegen der gängigen Lehre, eine Phase der Stabilisierung ist nicht notwendig, Trauma Behandlung und die Möglichkeit der negativen Auswirkungen der Stabilisierung kann nicht ausgeschlossen werden. [Abstract Autor]
Psychotherapy of PTSD is often divided into the phases of stabilization and confrontation. In the stabilization phase, the patient learns strategies to regulate affect and control symptoms. Thereafter, the memories of the traumatic event can be disclosed and processed in the confrontation phase. German treatment guidelines and some text books postulate that a phase of stabilization is unconditionally required before the confrontation with trauma memories can take place. In contrast to this statement, evidence from randomized controlled trials shows that the so-called trauma-focused approaches (variants of cognitive-behavioral therapy, exposure therapy, and EMDR) are the most successful methods for the treatment of PTSD. As a consequence, several international associations and institutes recommend these procedures as the treatment of first choice. All trauma-focused approaches include some type of confrontation with only rudimentary stabilization or with no stabilization at all. In addition, there is no evidence that exposure procedures are more dangerous than stabilization, or that they are less well tolerated and accepted. Likewise, there is no evidence that stabilization is necessary for patients with complex trauma-related disorders such as adult patients with a history of childhood sexual abuse. Contrary to the common doctrine, a stabilization phase is not necessary for trauma treatment and the possibility of negative effects of stabilization cannot be ruled out. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Confrontation Exposure Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stabilization Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
259. Struik, A. L. (2010, June). Stabilization and EMDR treatment of young dissociative children, the use of the six tests, a stabilization model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The stabilization and treatment of young dissociative
children can be complicated. Providing the child with a safe
environment and attachment figure is obviously the first step.
But what's next? They can appear to function relatively well.
Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to
talk about trauma or say they forgot about it. It doesn't bother
them anymore. But the temptation of the therapist to let sleeping
dogs lie is a dangerous one.
Underneath this apparently well-functioning outside the child
is terrified, constantly alert, and lonely, unable to find comfort,
This child cannot attach and this lack of safe attachment is devastating
for future development. However, only detailed history
taking from caregivers and schoolteachers will often reveals
these otherwise often hidden problems.
In this presentation 1 will demonstrate. The six tests, a new and
unique stabilization model for children. The six tests help therapy
is to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and
how to establish this stabilization, before starting with EMDR. I
will present some cases to illustrate this process and the use of stabilization techniques. The children need to learn self-regulation
skills to reduce stress. Then we activate the attachment
system, so they car, reduce stress by seeking comfort. In this
way the need to dissociate reduces. By relating present problems
to past experiences their motivation increases to look into
their traumas and start EMDR, (but only on their request). Finally,
I will discuss adjustments in the EMDR protocol for these
dissociative children in order to keep them in the desensitization
process and how to integrate the use of EMDR Into the complete
phase-orientated treatment.
Learning objectives:
-The basic tenets of the six tests
-The ability to critically consider whether a child needs further
stabilization or can start EMDR.
- Understanding which techniques to utilize for particular conditions, through case presentations and questions.
New and unique: This model is an adjustment for children of
The tree test (Spieling, 2008) for adults, which is unique and
new. Up until now, many EMDR therapists don't treat these children,
because they are afraid to destabilize them or don't know
how to do it. With this model I hope they start to treat these
children who need EMDR the most.
Keywords: Children Dissociation: Six Tests
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Kitchur, M. (2005). The strategic developmental model for EMDR. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 8-56). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The strategic developmental model (SDM) for EMDR originated in Canada in 1996. It is a model that was born out of desperation in the face of the overwhelming treatment needs of severe- and multiple trauma victims, forensic clients, and short-term funded high-risk individuals. It is an efficient and comprehensive method for maximally delivering the benefits of EMDR to high-needs clients before their therapy might be prematurely interrupted by the realities of funding or of a multiproblem life. Such a method, I felt, would need to effectively facilitate rapid engagement and address or circumvent the fear, hostility, anxiety, and resistance that so often undermine or sabotage therapy with high-need and high-risk populations. Clinical experience also suggested the importance of having some systematic manner of assessing and treating the often multiple fundamental underlying causes of pathology and symptomatology in order to assist these high-risk and high-need clients to break the cycles and patterns that likely would repeat in their lives. I hypothesized that any process or strategies that might facilitate healing in these ways could also be anticipated to optimize therapeutic outcome for high-functioning clients and diverse client populations. [Text, p. 8] [Pilots]
Keywords: Patient History Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Dworkin, M. (2006, Maggio). Strategies related to the therapeutic role. Presentation at the National Conference, Association for EMDR in Italy, Firenza, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Therapists who work with EMDR can facilitate change in patients through an understanding of their participation in the therapeutic process. The workshop will last one day, will address the topic of the role of the therapist and his self-understanding in working with patients who may become a challenge before, during and after a session of EMDR.
Participants will delve into the use of the guideline to the procedure as a means of self-awareness, you also learn to use strategies for development and installation of resources for self-restraint necessary when their memories are elicited during a sitting. You will also learn a variation Integrative Cognitive intervention (intervention Relational) to fix an imbalance of power of the therapeutic alliance.
Keywords: Therapeutic Role
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. Leeds, A. M. (2002, June). Strengthening identity and performance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will articulate an enlarged set of EMDR related Resource Development and Installation (RDI) protocols. All these procedures emphasize the deliberate incorporation of positive emotion as part of restructuring and developing new affect scripts across discrete behavioral states. A majority of workshop time will be devited to experiential practice in dyads and small groups of these clinically relevant procedures. Strategies for accessing and evoking positive emotion will include movement, posture, music, artistic and emotional expression, and a variety of imagery processes.
In these experiential exercises, participants will identify personally relevant areas of desired professional development including issues of recurring countertransference stressors and compassion fatigue. The aim of these procedures is to access naturalistic capacities for positive emotion and incorporate these capacities into new affect scripts that strengthen identity and enhance performance and interaction.
Keywords: RDI Resource Development and Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Patterson, G. T., & Chung, I. ([2010]). Stress management training and development programs for police officers and recruits. Oslo, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/10/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Background and objective of this review (briefly describe the problem and the
intervention): A body of knowledge exists that identifies sources of police stress, categories of
stress, and the strategies officers and recruits use to cope with stress. It is generally agreed upon
that stressful work and life events can have a negative impact on police officers and recruits that
can be quite pervasive. Consequently, law enforcement organizations provide a wide variety of
interventions to help officers manage stress. The most common intervention is training to help
officers recognize the warning signs of stress, and to use individual coping strategies. However,
little is known about the efficacy of the wide range of interventions given to police officers and
recruits. The objectives of this systematic review are to: assess how stress management and
officer development programs are evaluated; examine conceptual differences in interventions;
explain variations in interventions; build the connection between the body of knowledge that
describes sources and types of police and recruit stress, and interventions; discover reasons for
conflicting training effects; and synthesize what is known and not known about the impact of
different study designs, research methods, interventions, and data analysis procedures on
outcomes.
Keywords: Policemen Recruits Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. Lombana-Wren, J. H. (2002, June). Teaching EMDR at the university level: Strategies, suggestions, and solicitations. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. Gilson, G., & Kaplan, S. (2000). The therapeutic interweave in EMDR: Before and beyond: A manual for EMDR trained clinicians. EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs, New Hope, PA.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Expands the concept of the cognitive interweave to the broader, more inclusive Therapeutic Interweave. Gives structured framework of 16 categories of Therapeutic Interweave, and strategies that enhance safety, assist with affect regulation, self-soothing, and develop ego-strength. Good supplement to Shapiro's basic didactic book on EMDR. [EMDR-HAP]
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Therapeutic Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. Kaplan, S., & Gilson, G. (2005, September). The therapeutic interweave in EMDR: Responsibility, safety and choices. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop presents the expanded concept of the Therapeutic Interweave in EMDR treatment as it relates to responsibility, safety, and choices. It includes cognitive interweaves, as well as affective, body awareness, imaginal, ego state, experiential, dynamic, spiritual, and other interweaves. It offers a format for EMDR clinicians to utilize in decision-making in clinical pracice. The workshop also teaches assessment of the client's need to front-load their system for resourcing and stabilization, i.e., self-soothing, affect modulation, and ego strengthening before beginning or during the EMDR protocol. The workshop is rich in strategies, current case examples and specifically designed practice exercises.
Keywords: Affective Interweave Body Awareness Interweave Dynamic Interweave Ego State Interweave Experiential Interweave Imaginal Interweave Therapeutic Interweave Spiritual Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Woller, W. (2010, July). Therapeutic relationship in the treatment of traumatized clients with personality disorders. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Therapeutic relationship is often a major challenge in the treatment of traumatized clients with
comorbid personality disorders. Maladaptive interpersonal styles and negative transferences resulting
from attachment trauma can make a trauma-oriented therapy very difficult. However, an understanding
of personality disorders as a consequence of attachment trauma creates new therapeutic possibilities
for patients who are considered difficult to treat though urgently in need of therapy.
Given this background, the workshop aims at enhancing the participants’ capacity to manage problems
of therapeutic relationship in traumatized clients with personality disorder.
In the first part of the workshop, an overview on possible neurobiological causes of specific patterns of experiencing and
behavior in personality disorders will be given. Deficits in emotion regulation, mentalization function, and personality
integration, all of which have been identified as underlying dysfunctional and self-destructive behavioral patterns, can
be understood as consequences of attachment trauma. In the second part of the workshop, a phase-oriented treatment
conception will be presented which combines elements from resource-oriented trauma therapies with aspects of a
psychodynamic understanding of attachment relationships. In the framework of this concept, the notions of transference
and countertransference will be introduced to explain difficulties typically arising in the relationship with traumatized clients
with severe personality disorders. On the basis of case material, strategies will be presented to deal with recurrent problems
of therapeutic relationship.
Keywords: Interpersonal Relationship Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Kapfhammer, H.-P. (2008, December). Therapeutische möglichkeiten nach traumatischen erlebnissen [Therapeutic possibilities after traumatic experiences]. Psychiatria Danubina, 20(4), 532-545.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Acute Belastungsstörung (ASD) und Posttraumatische Belastungsstörung (PTSD) sind häufige, aber nicht zwingend psychologische Folgeerscheinungen nach einem Trauma. Eine wichtige Untergruppe der Patienten vor einer chronischen Verlauf der Erkrankung mit einem erhöhten psychiatrischen Komorbidität und erhebliche Beeinträchtigungen in psychosozialen Anpassung assoziiert. Der typische psychopathologische Symptome von ASD und PTSD werden am besten in einem multifaktoriellen Modell der Integration sowohl neurobiologische und psychosoziale Einflüsse beschrieben. Die komplexen Ätiopathogenese von akuten und posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung begünstigt multimodalen Ansätzen in der Behandlung. Differential psychotherapeutische und pharmakologische Strategien zur Verfügung stehen. In einer kritischen Studie über empirische Studien, können psychologische Debriefing nicht als einen positiven Ansatz betrachtet werden, als allgemeine vorbeugende Maßnahme in der unmittelbaren posttraumatischen Phase empfohlen werden. Positive Auswirkungen der kognitiv-verhaltenstherapeutischen Interventionen kann für ASD eingerichtet werden. Psychodynamische Psychotherapie, kognitive Verhaltenstherapie und EMDR zeigen viel versprechende Ergebnisse bei der Behandlung von PTSD. Wesentliche klinische Einschränkungen der Patienten innerhalb von speziellen Probenahmen Forschungseinrichtungen, jedoch nicht gestatten, eine bedingungslose Verallgemeinerung dieser Daten zu psychiatrischen Routineversorgung. In einer empirischen Analyse der SSRIs sind die meisten und am besten untersuchten Medikamente für ASD und PTSD. Im Vergleich zu trizyklischen Antidepressiva SSRIs zeigen ein breiteres Spektrum an therapeutischen Wirkungen und sind besser verträglich. Die Substanzklassen der SNRI, DAS, SARI und NaSSA sind als Medikamente der zweiten Wahl angesehen werden. Sie versprechen eine therapeutische Wirksamkeit der SSRI gleichwertig, wobei bisher nur in offenen Studien untersucht. MAO-Hemmer können eine positive therapeutische Potenzial verfügen, müssen ihr Profil der Nebenwirkungen geachtet, jedoch werden. Mood-Stabilisatoren und atypische Neuroleptika können in Anspruch genommen werden und vor allem im Add-On-Strategien. Benzodiazepine sollten nur mit Vorsicht erhöht für eine kurze Zeit in den Staaten der akuten Krise eingesetzt werden. In frühen Interventionen, die blockierende Substanzen norepinephric Hyperaktivität scheinen vielversprechende Alternativen. Stress Dosen von Hydrocortison kann als experimentelle pharmakologische Strategie betrachtet so weit sein. [PubMed]
Acute stress disorder (ASD) and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are frequent, but not obligatory psychological sequelae following trauma. A major subgroup of patients face a chronic course of illness associated with an increased psychiatric comorbidity and significant impairments in psychosocial adaptation. The typical psychopathological symptoms of ASD and PTSD are best described within a multifactorial model integrating both neurobiological and psychosocial influences. The complex etiopathogenesis of acute and posttraumatic stress disorder favours multimodal approaches in the treatment. Differential psychotherapeutic and pharmacological strategies are available. In a critical survey on empirical studies, psychological debriefing cannot be considered as a positive approach to be recommended as general preventive measure during the immediate posttraumatic phase. Positive effects of cognitive-behavioral interventions can be established for ASD. Psychodynamic psychotherapy, cognitive-behavioral therapy and EMDR show promising results in the treatment of PTSD. Major clinical restrictions of patient sampling within special research facilities, however, do not allow an unconditional generalization of these data to psychiatric routine care. In an empirical analysis the SSRIs are the most and best studied medications for ASD and PTSD. In comparison to tricyclic antidepressants SSRIs demonstrate a broader spectrum of therapeutic effects and are better tolerated. The substance classes of SSNRI, DAS, SARI and NaSSA are to be considered as drugs of second choice. They promise a therapeutic efficacy equivalent to the SSRIs, being investigated so far only in open studies. MAO-inhibitors may dispose of a positive therapeutic potential, their profile of side effects must be respected, however. Mood stabilizers and atypical neuroleptics may be used first and foremost in add-on strategies. Benzodiazepines should be used only with increased caution for a short time in states of acute crisis. In early interventions, substances blocking the norepinephric hyperactivity seem to be promising alternatives. Stress doses of hydrocortisone may be considered as an experimental pharmacological strategy so far.[PUBMED]
Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder ASD Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Rosenthal, H. 2006. Therapy's best: Practical advice and gems of wisdom from twenty accomplished counselors and therapists. Binghamton, NY, London: Haworth Reference.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Insightful interviews with a Who’s Who of the world’s foremost therapists
Therapy’s Best is a lively and entertaining collection of one-on-one interviews with some of the top therapists and counselors in the world. Educator and psychotherapist Dr. Howard G. Rosenthal talks with twenty of therapy’s legends, including Albert Ellis, arguably the greatest clinical psychologist and therapist of our time; assertiveness training pioneer Robert Alberti; experiential psychotherapist Al Mahrer; and William Glasser, the father of reality therapy and choice theory. Each interview reveals insights into the therapists’ personal lives, their observations on counseling, and the helping profession in general, and their thoughts on what really works when dealing with clients in need.
The interviews found in Therapy’s Best uncover treatment strategies that are often missing from traditional textbooks, journal articles, courses, and seminars related to assertiveness training, Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy (REBT), marriage and family counseling, transactional analysis, psychoanalysis, suicide prevention, voice therapy, experiential psychotherapy, and Emotion Focused Therapy (EFT). Conversations with the “best and brightest” (including two recipients of the American Psychological Association’s Division of Psychotherapy’s “Living Legends” award) reveal why these therapists are such effective helpers, what makes their theories so popular, and most important, what makes them tick. This unique book lets you “rub elbows” with these consummate professionals and learn more about their theories, ideas, and experiences.
Therapy’s Best includes interviews with:
Dr. Albert Ellis—creator of Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy (REBT) and APA Division of Psychotherapy “Living Legend”
Dr. Edwin Schneidman—the foremost expert on suicide prevention, suicidology, and thanatology
Richard Nelson Bolles—author of What Color Is Your Parachute?
Dr. Dorothy and Dr. Ray Bevcar—husband and wife therapists who write textbooks on marriage counseling
Dr. Al Mahrer—father of experiential psychotherapy and APA Division of Psychotherapy “Living Legend”
Les Greenberg—father of Emotion-Focused Therapy (EFT)
Muriel James—co-author of Born to Win
and many more!
Therapy’s Best is a must read for professionals who practice counseling and psychotherapy, students preparing to do likewise, and anyone else with an interest in therapy—and the people with provide it
Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Crudele, B. (2012, November 16). Touch, sound and light help heal inner wounds. Marine Corps Times. Retrieved from http://www.marinecorpstimes.com/article/20121126/NEWS/211260306/Touch-sound-and-light-help-heal-inner-wounds 4/9/2013.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
EMDR therapy, recognized by the Defense Department as an evidence-based treatment for PTSD, includes image exposure, desensitization, cognitive processing, assessment, psychoeducation and coping strategies, according to the Naval Center for Combat & Operational Stress Control.
During each session, patients are asked to recall a traumatic event and identify the positive and negative feelings associated with the event. Repetitive exercises including bilateral eye movements, with simultaneous bilateral sounds through headphones and tapping sensations in the palms, are provided to stimulate both hemispheres of the brain.
The most common task is side-to-side eye movements, allowing the patient to focus on the provider's moving finger or a light bar. The exercises are conducted for each traumatic event until the patient reassesses or recalibrates his level of emotional distress. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Marr, J. (2013). Traitement EMDR du trouble obsessionnel compulsif: Etude préliminaire [EMDR treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder: Preliminary research]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 29E-43E. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.E29.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Cet article rapporte les résultats de deux expériences qui examinent chacune un protocole EMDR (désensibilisation
et retraitement par les mouvements oculaires) différent pour le trouble obsessionnel-compulsif
(TOC), chacune avec deux jeunes participants masculins adultes présentant un TOC sans rémission
de longue date. Deux adaptations du protocole pour la phobie de Shapiro (2001) ont été développées
à partir de la perspective théorique selon laquelle le TOC est un trouble qui s’autoperpétue, avec des
compulsions et des obsessions TOC ainsi que des déclencheurs présents qui renforcent et maintiennent
le trouble. Les deux adaptations commencent par viser les obsessions et compulsions actuelles, plutôt
que de travailler sur des souvenirs passés ; l’une des stratégies retarde la phase d’installation cognitive
tandis que l’autre utilise la lecture mentale d’une vidéo dans la désensibilisation des déclencheurs.
Les quatre participants ont bénéficié de 14–16 séances d’une heure, sans tâche à effectuer entre les
rendez-vous. Ils ont été évalués à l’aide de l’Echelle obsessionnelle compulsive de Yale-Brown (Yale-
Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale [Y-BOCS]), avec des scores lors du prétraitement dans la gamme
extrême (moyenne 5 35,3). Une amélioration des symptômes était rapportée par les participants après
2 ou 3 séances. Les scores lors du post-traitement étaient dans la gamme infraclinique/légère pour tous
les participants (moyenne 5 8,5). Des évaluations de suivi ont été réalisées après 4–6 mois, indiquant
le maintien des effets thérapeutiques (moyenne 5 7,5). La diminution des symptômes était de 70,4%
lors du post-traitement et de 76,1% lors du suivi pour le protocole EMDR adapté pour les phobies et de
81,4% lors du post-traitement et du suivi pour le protocole EMDR adapté pour les phobies avec lecture
vidéo. Les implications théoriques sont examinées et des recherches futures sont recommandées.
This article reports the results of two experiments, each investigating a different eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and each with two young adult male participants with long-standing unremitting OCD. Two adaptations of Shapiro’s (2001) phobia protocol were developed, based on the theoretical view that OCD is a self-perpetuating disorder, with OCD compulsions and obsessions and current triggers reinforcing and maintaining the disorder. Both adaptations begin by addressing current obsessions and compulsions, instead of working on past memories; one strategy delays the cognitive installation phase; the other uses mental video playback in the desensitization of triggers. The four participants received 14–16 one-hour sessions, with no assigned homework. They were assessed with the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (Y-BOCS), with scores at pretreatment in the extreme range (mean 5 35.3). Symptom improvement was reported by participants after 2 or 3 sessions. Scores at posttreatment were in the subclinical/mild range for all participants (mean 5 8.5). Follow-up assessments were conducted at 4–6 months, indicating maintenance of treatment effects (mean 5 7.5). Symptom reduction was 70.4% at posttreatment and 76.1% at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol and 81.4% at posttreatment and at follow-up for the Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback. Theoretical implications are discussed, and future research is recommended.
Keywords: Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol Adapted EMDR Phobia Protocol with Video Playback OCD Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Treatment Outcome Research
Accuracy Verified: No
272. Morris-Smith, J. (2007, November). Transforming change for children and adolescents using eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Presentation at the CCYP Conference, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Crisis occurring at critical stages of
development can have a devastating
impact on the long term future of
children and adolescents. This
workshop will look at changes that
occur unexpectedly to children
and adolescents and how the
use of EMDR therapy transforms
crises using their own creative
and intuitive processes leading
to developmentally appropriate
adaptive responses and coping
strategies. It will be illustrated by
the use of case examples and
video clips for discussion/debate.
The morning workshop is aimed at
those who do not have a training
in EMDR and are wanting to learn
what it can do. The afternoon
workshop is aimed at those who
have some training in EMDR and
troubleshooting its applications.
Delegates and are invited to
bring their own case material for
discussion.
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. Morris-Smith, J. (2008, February). Transforming change for children and adolescents using eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Presentation at the CCYP Conference, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Crisis occurring at critical stages of development can have a devastating impact on the long term future of children and adolescents. This workshop will look at changes that occur unexpectedly to children and adolescents and how the use of EMDR therapy transforms crises using their own creative and intuitive processes leading to developmentally appropriate adaptive responses and coping strategies. It will be illustrated by the use of case examples and video clips for discussion/debate. The morning workshop is aimed at those who do not have a training in EMDR and are wanting to learn what it can do. The afternoon workshop is aimed at those who have some training in EMDR and troubleshooting its applications. Delegates and are invited to bring their own case material for discussion.
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. Krystal, D. S., Berbower, S., Katz, I., Pregerson, S., Slyman, S., & Wager, J. (1995, June). Transpersonal psychotherapy panel: EMDR & transpersonal approaches to psychotherapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
1) In the Transpersonal approach to psychotherapy, the existence is acknowledged and the presence is invoked of a higher
order of Consciousness, the already healthy and perfect organizing principle that Jung called the Self. After using EMDR
to process and integrate the personal history, it is possible to transcend the personal self and its strong beliefs and attitudes,
and to rest in a state of no-mind or Self, which is beyond or before the experience of duality, and is often recognized as
emptiness, peace, contentment, wisdom and love. It is from this state that the therapist can best use EMDR, fully listening
to the Oneness of himself and the client. This listening is often called intuition. In addition to introducing the
Transpersonal approach in general, Sheila Krystal will present psychotherapy as Satsang and describe the use of EMDR to
facilitate movement from self to Self. She will discuss the state of mind most effective for the therapist to enter while using
EMDR and will lead a meditation to help create this no-mind state.
2) Joan Wager will present the basic premises of body-based psychology within a Transpersonal content and its relationship to
EMDR, illustrating through discussion and case presentation how embodied consciousness, wisdom, compassion, concern
for all sentient beings, is the path of body-based transpersonal psychology. She will show how, as we broaden., our concept
of who we are, and as body, emotions and mind become integrated, we experience transformation of our being with a new
sense of Self in relation to others and the universe.
3) Suzanne Slyman will demonstrate, through theoretical discussion and case presentations, how she combines Gestalt, Self-
Acceptance-Training, Transpersonal approaches to psychotherapy, and EMDR She will emphasize several interesting
commonalties in these approaches to psychotherapy, including the following; each relies on the belief that there is, in every
individual, an inner organizing principle that moves towards wholeness, each assumes that we are self-regulating
organisms, each understands and values the power of being witness to the present moment, and each makes room for the
client to discover a heretofore "unimaginable outcome" to his or her work.
The Enneagram is an ancient psychological typology that describes nine personality types and their interrelationships.
Each type is defined by a chief mental and emotional preoccupation to which attention habitually returns. The types
correlate well with the diagnostic categories of current psychological practice, but can open us to the fact that the repeating
preoccupation of heart and mind that we in the West tend to dismiss as merely neurotic can also be used as potential access
points to higher states of consciousness.
5) During their presentation, Sharon Berbower and Suzanne Pregerson will explore their use of the Enneagram and EMDR
especially examining how EMDR can access the core personality strategies and defense mechanisms of each of the nine
types. With the deconstruction of the habitual responses of the personality, the possibility exists for the emergence of 'True
Self. EMDR may be a key to the profound transformation of personality types.
6) Irv Katz will then make a concluding presentation including tying the earlier presentations together and facilitating a
question and answer period between the audience and the panel members.
Keywords: Guided Imagery Hypnosis Panel Transpersonal Transpersonal Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Queiroz, L. (2007, Novembro). Transtorno de ansiedade manifestado com diarréia, náuseas e distensão abdominal tratado com EMDR. Relato de caso. Estratégias de tratamento [Anxiety disorder manifested diarrhea, nausea and abdominal distension treated with EMDR. A case report. Treatment Strategies]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Objetivos de aprendizagem:
• Utilizar um protocolo centrado no sintoma.
Partindo da crise somática ou do sintoma, para
alcançar questões mais nucleares e primitivas.
• Aprender a utilizar o EMDR como método de
conscientização da natureza psico-emocional
da doença.
• Identificar possíveis crenças limitantes ou
questões sistêmicas que bloqueiem a evolução
do processo.
Learning Objectives:
• Using a protocol focusing on the symptom.
Starting from the crisis or somatic symptoms, to
nuclear issues and achieve more primitive.
• Learn to use EMDR as a method of
awareness of the nature of psycho-emotional
the disease.
• Identify potential limiting beliefs or
systemic issues that block progress
the process.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorder Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
276. Bumke, P. (2011, June). Trauma centered psychotherapy and EMDR in a humanitarian mass disaster: Evaluating the ACEH experience. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In a project carried out by Trauma Aid-HAP Germany between 2007 and 2009 and sponsored by Terre des Hommes
and the German Official Development Assistance more than 3200 adult and child clients were treated
for mental disorders related to traumatic experiences after the Tsunami in 2004 and the civil war in Aceh/
Indonesia.
An accompanying monitoring and research component provided detailed diagnostic data before and after therapy.
This guided both the therapeutic process, and the training process in psychotraumatology. Also with this
component the long term effectiveness of the interventions was assessed. In turn these findings were related to
various traumatic events, socio-economic conditions and other non-psychological factors that influenced therapy
outcome. Particular attention was paid to a variety of cultural implications entailed in using therapies such as
EMDR in a non-Western, deeply religious and traditional context. Main results, implications for further research
and future intervention strategies will be addressed.
Keywords: ACEH Disasters Keynote Plenary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Zantvoord, J. (2012, November). Trauma focused psychotherapies from a neurodevelopmental perspective: fMRI and physiological pilot outcome data from a RCT conducted in the Netherlands with children suffering from PTSD. Symposium conducted at the 28th annual meeting of the ISTSS, Los Angeles, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neurobiological treatment outcome studies in adults with PTSD have shown that successful treatment is
associated with changes in activity of frontal brain areas and the amygdala, brain areas which are
involved in fear conditioning and extinction. Frontal brain regions undergo considerable maturation
during childhood and adolescence and only reach anatomical and functional maturity well within the
third decade of life. In this light, results obtained in neurobiological studies in adults can’t be readily
translated to children and adolescents. Neurobiological treatment outcome studies in children with
PTSD are thus required, yet are almost nonexistent to date. Neurobiological treatment outcome studies
addressing the mechanism involved in treatment response or non response can contribute to improve
treatment strategies for non responders especially for treatment non responders and in time help
clinicians to tailor treatment for individuals with PTSD.
In this part of the symposium we will present treatment outcome data of our neurobiological pilot study
conducted in children with PTSD in the Netherlands. Children aged 8 to 18 with PTSD were randomly
assigned to receive either 8 sessions of manualized Trauma Focus cognitive behavioral therapy or EMDR.
fMRI data of a working memory task with emotional distracters and physiological data obtained during
script driven imagery will be presented. Treatment outcome results will be placed in a
neurodevelopmental framework.
Keywords: Children, fMRI Netherlands Neurodevelopment Pilot Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Random Control Trial RCT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Tapanya, S. (2008, June). Trauma therapy for bullying victims in Thai schools. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The knowledge on the treatment of psychological trauma in Thailand is still in its rudimentary stage despite the
fact that the country has been known for its highly trained medical personnel who are capable of providing
sophisticated medical treatment such as plastic surgery, high quality dental care, and sex-change operation. And
although the problem of violence has been well recognized, especially relating to child abuse and domestic
violence, a more subtle form of violence such as bullying in school has been largely ignored. The author aims to
present the summary from his survey of bullying incidence from over 3,000 students in all regions of Thailand.
The problem appears to be wide-spread and resulted in fear and anxiety about going to school. During the past
few years a number of bullying survivors have come forward to receive treatment for their traumatic memories
that continue to trouble them. The presentation will outline treatment strategies for this client population and
cite several case studies which may show how EMDR can be applied in a way that is unique to Thai culture.
Keywords: Bullying Poster Thailand Trauma Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Forbes, D., Creamer, M. C., Phelps, A. J., Couineau, A. L., Cooper, J. A., Bryant, R. A., McFarlane, A. C., Devilly, G. J., Matthews, L. R., & Raphael, B. (2007, July). Treating adults with acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder in general practice: A clinical update. Medical Journal of Australia, 187(2), 120-123.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
General practitioners have an important role to play in helping patients after exposure to severe psychological trauma. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, GPs should offer "psychological first aid", which includes monitoring of the patient's mental state, providing general emotional support and information, and encouraging the active use of social support networks, and self-care strategies. Drug treatments should be avoided as a preventive intervention after traumatic exposure; they may be used cautiously in cases of extreme distress that persists. Adults with acute stress disorder (ASD) and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) should be provided with trauma-focused cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) in addition to in-vivo exposure (confronting avoided situations, people or places in a graded and systematic manner) may also be provided for PTSD. Drug treatments should not normally replace trauma-focused psychological therapy as a first-line treatment for adults with PTSD. If medication is considered for treating PTSD in adults, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressants are the first choice. Other new generation antidepressants and older tricyclic antidepressants should be considered as second-line pharmacological options. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors may be considered by mental health specialists for use in people with treatment-resistant symptoms.
Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder Anti-Depressants ASD MAO Inhibitors Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD SSRIs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Wesselmann, D. (2005, September). Treating attachment issues through EMDR and a family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR and Family Systems Theory offer different but complimentary approaches to improving quality of attachment relationships. The presentation
will provide a clinical understanding of the similarities between EMDR,
famlly systems, and attachment theory models and an ovewiew of the combined
treatment approach. Participants will learn to identify possible precursors to
attachment problems within the family that may be useful as targets for
EMDR processing, and specific family therapy strategies that will help interrupt
negative feedback loops. Participants will learn to utilize parents in EMDR
treatment and incorporate the narrative method as an adjunct to EMDR.
Keywords: Attachment Theory Family Systems Theory Narrative Method Negative Feedback Loop
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Wesselmann, D. (2007). Treating attachment Issues through EMDR and a family systems approach. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp.113-130). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The difficult behaviors exhibited by children who meet the criteria for a diagnosis of Reactive Attachment Disorder (American Psychiatric Association, 1994) can be challenging to both parents and professionals. Utilizing the point of view of three models--attachment, Adaptive Information Processing, and family systems--can enhance the clinician's understanding of attachment-related symptoms. Although the models hold shared views, each brings an additional piece of the puzzle to case conceptualization and treatment planning. Family systems therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy are different but complementary approaches to improving attachment relationships. Some general treatment strategies combining a family systems approach with an EMDR approach that are helpful in working with families affected by disturbed parent-child attachments are presented here. Case examples and a concluding discussion complete the chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Attachment Disorders Cognitive Processes Family Systems Approach Family Systems Theory Family Therapy RAD Reactive Attachment Disorder Treatment Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Meijer, S. (2006, June). Treating borderline patients with EMDR: A mission impossible?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Had been diagnosed with Borderline Personality Disorder with people to work on trauma in general, extremely dangerous and often "impossible" is seen as. Dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT, Linehan, 1993) as effective treatment methods, focus on behavioral control. However, after reaching behavioral control, to treat trauma may be considered. But sometimes on trauma symptoms, behavioral control, and therefore disregülasyonla is directly connected with only the symptoms of PTSD can be eliminated when conditions are right. In such cases, these symptoms may be considered to be treated with EMDR. This working group, this group of patients that may arise in the process of EMDR when working with problems, how they will be overcome and specific strategies, put together and will be discussed.
Keywords: Borderline Patients
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Gomez, A. (2009, August). Treating children with persuasive emotion dysregulation using EMDR and adjunctive approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will provide theoretical and practical step-by-step strategies to assist clinicians working with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system, such as children exhibiting insecure patterns of attachment, complex PTSD and dissociation. Clinicians will learn key elements to develop case conceptualization skills and treatment plans based on the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). How to use EMDR with adjunct approaches and strategies, such as ego-state therapy and somatic intervention, with children will be addressed. Strategies directed to titrate amount of trauma and keep children manageable and tolerable levels of activation to facilitate reprocessing will be demonstrated.
Keywords: Children Dysregulation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. Gomez, A. (2010, September/October). Treating children with pervasive emotion dysregulation EMDR and adjunctive approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will provide theoretical and practical step-by-step strategies to assist clinicians working with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system such as: children exhibiting insecure patterns of attachment, complex trauma and dissociation. A broader perspective is presented by integrating concepts from the AIP model, attachment theory, affect regulation theory, and interpersonal neurobiology. An overview of how to incorporate other approaches such as play therapy, ego state therapy, theraplay activities and somatic intervention, while maintaining adherence to the protocol, will be addressed. How to use interweaves that can help complete defensive responses, repair the attachment system and integrate dissociated material will be presented.
Keywords: Children Adjunctive Approaches Pervasive Emotion Dysregulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Figley, C. R. (2005, October 21). Treating combat/operational stress-related PTSD. Phoebe Behavioral Health Center at Phoebe Putney Memorial Hospital, Albany, GA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Purpose: Emphasize the importance of caregiving to warfighters affected by combat/operational stress especially the stress from the current war in the Middle East and good strategies for diagnosis and treatment of the unwanted consequences of the warfighters and their families.
Keywords: Combat Stress Operational Stress War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Gelinas, D. (2008, September). Treating complex PTSD using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide a framework for treating complex PTSD (CPTSD) using EMDR. It will review core elements of PTSD and the added features of CPTSD, including dissociation, somatization, and affect dysregulation, then use this information to demonstrate EMDR case conceptualization, targeting strategies, and some cognitive interweaves that are particularly helpful for individuals with histories of childhood repetitive trauma. The workshop will also describe how to recognize and work with dissociation, including ego states, during the EMDR phases, so that the EMDR can proceed to its usual adaptive resolution of traumatic memories and the resolution of the individual’s complex PTSD.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Gelinas, D. (2007, September). Treating complex PTSD using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide a framework for treating complex PTSD using EMDR. It will first review the relevant characteristics of complex PTSD and then use this information to demonstrate EMDR case conceptualization, targeting strategies, trajectories of desensitization and will provide some cognitive interweaves that are particularly helpful for individuals with histories of repetitive trauma. The workshop will also describe how to recognize dissociation during the EMDR phases, including ego states, should they be present, and how to manage dissociation so that EMDR may proceed to its usual adaptive resolution of traumatic memories and the resolution of the individual’s complex PTSD.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. Forgash, C. A. (2006, September). Treating complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present an integrated approach to the treatment of clients diagnosed with complex
trauma. Ego state work, somato-sensory work
and EMDR are utilized to help such clients deal
with dissociation, internal fragmentation, and
disconnections, integrating these strategies in the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results
in a safety focused therapeutic approach.
Complex trauma victims enter therapy seeking
help for PTSD, depression and anxiety. This
workshop will help clinicians implement
strategies that help traumatized clients to
experience first relief, then stability, and trauma processing. Learning objectives include the
importance of including information in the history
taking about fragmentation and dissociation:
defining and selecting the appropriate ego state
and somatosensory and affect management strategies to help such clients succcssfully process trauma with the EMDR protocol. This workshop will present case illustrations and slides. Handouts and an extensive bibliography will be provided.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumtic Stress Disorder Complex PSTD Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Forgash, C. A. (2007, June). Treating complex trauma with integrated EMDR and ego state therapy. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the integration of EMDR and
Ego State Work in the treatment of highly traumatized
clients with complex diagnoses, including dissociative
disorders and complex PTSD. People suffering with these
problems often require an extensive preparation phase to
develop a therapeutic relationship and deal with stabilization,
affect regulation, dissociative symptoms and resistance.
Integrating Ego state work with EMDR in this expanded
protocol achieves more extensive goals than merely elimination
of PTSD and dissociative symptoms
Working from a position of empathy and understanding
of the legacies of trauma, loss and attachment disruption,
we help our patients resolve their critical issues and develop
a blueprint for living.
Clear theoretical basics, technical innovation and practical
strategies for incorporating EMDR and Ego StateWork
will be provided through lecture, demonstration, experiential
work/practicum and case presentations.
Participants will learn:
1. The relationship of Ego State Theory to the Adaptive
Information Processing Model.
2. The rationale for an EMDR/Ego State Integrated Phased
Treatment Model in the treatment of complex trauma.
4. Specific stabilization strategies to help clients manage
dissociation and affect dysregulation throughout the
treatment.
5. Advanced techniques and interweaves that promote resolution
within the EMDR trauma processing phase.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Integrated Phased Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. Gomez, A. (2009, May). Treating depression in children using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation explores the evidence linking trauma, stress and PTSD to some forms of depression in children
especially for those whose depressive symptoms appear to be the result of adverse life events. Preliminary
evidence that EMDR can be an effective treatment for depression in children and adolescents through a series of
case studies and anecdotal reports will be presented. Clinicians will learn specific strategies for working with
depressed children across the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Video clips of sessions will provide a concrete
and tangible experience for clinicians working with this population.
Keywords: Children Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. Settle, C., & Bolte, C. S. (2012, October). Treating dissociation, ritual abuse and mind control from an attachment perspective. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Using EMDR as an integrative therapeutic approach from an attachment and developmental trauma lens, this presentation will give practical strategies for treating clients with Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID) symptoms who have experienced Ritual Abuse and Mind Control (RA/MC). Infant disorganized attachment is an important precursor to adult dissociation and perhaps even more of a predictor of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) than severe trauma alone (van der Kolk). RA/MC programming will be explained so the clinician understands the layers of complexity in treating these dissociative symptoms and ego states.
Keywords: Attachment Dissociation Mind Control Ritual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Paulsen, S. (2008). Treating dissociative identity disorder with EMDR, ego state therapy, and adjunct approaches. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 141-179). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Therapists who choose to work with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) enter into the complex, confusing worlds of some of the most wounded clients they will ever encounter. For that very reason, they are the people who are most in need of our best personal and professional resources: our deepest compassion, our most enduring patience, our courage, and our best technical strategies--offered to not just one personality, but many parts of the psyche within a single individual. Those parts are at war with one another, and it is up to the therapist to show the way to peace. This chapter shares three case studies examining using EMDR, ego state therapy, and adjunct approaches to treat DID. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Keenan, P. (1998, July). Treating non psychotic morbid jealousy with EMDR utilizing cognitive interweave: A case report. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) how to be aware of the relationship between EMDR and other psychotherapeutic paradigms in the treatment of morbid jeolousy; 2) how to identify appropriate cognitive interweave strategies in relation to morbid jealousy; 3) to examine some of the specific cognitive schemas that appear to be prevalent in this conditionl and 4) to consider the implications for future research in this area.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Cognitive Schemas Morbid Jealousy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. York, C. (1995, June). Treating severely traumatized children – Assessment and treatment strategies for using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this 1 1/2 hour presentation will be on using EMDR to alleviate the emotional distress of children who have been
severely traumatized. Participants in this workshop will learn:
(a) assessment tools and strategies for selecting children who would most benefit from EMDR therapy.
(b) selection of appropriate targets for intervention.
(c) an EMDR protocol to reduce the possibility and/or degree of abreactions.
The presentation will first define "severely traumatized child" and how to conduct a careful assessment of coping skills used by
children who have been severely abused with specific focus on dissociation. Dissociation will be defined and keys to understanding
dissociation in children will be discussed.
Next, steps to deciding how to select appropriate children for EMDR will be delineated. The presentation will then cover red flags
and cautions before proceeding with EMDR and how to introduce and inform the child and his/her parents/managing conservators.
The workshop will discuss specific EMDR protocols to reduce the possibility of and/or intensity of abreactions, to enhance positive
cognitions, and to facilitate the incorporation of dissociated material and concepts. Scripts of case examples will be used for
teaching.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. de Jongh, A. (2006, June). Treatment of anxiety and phobias with EMDR: Rapid conceptualization: Effective procedures and proposals for changes of the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Fears and phobias associated with EMDR situations where a single event for the well-structured, and short-term treatment is not compelling. Exposure in vivo EMDR'ın cognitive behavioral interventions, such as advantages, the fear-inspiring re-creation of the situation, situation (eg, sexuality, illness or death-related moments, situations) or phobic stimuli (eg, aircraft, mouse, snake) real life should be revived. However, inspiring fear and phobia on the basis of the number of lives to be in that situation, the phobic anxiety reactions to certain situations people may continue to give. Therefore EMDR'la fear and / or while working with phobias, anxiety-fear may danışanalr work preparing for the future status should not be terminated. This adaptive coping mechanisms to obtain, provide relief to improve the mental strategies in the future will need to be placed in a behavioral patterns and behavioral experiments can be done. EMDR'ın with fear and phobia clinical applications focusing on this at the end of the study group participants: 1) consult those who fear, avoidance of situations of mold assessment, 2) in terms of EMDR cases quickly formulated, 3) for those who need counseling EMDR protocol creative format can be adapted, and 4 ) EMDR intervention for their general treatment approach (cognitive-behavioral) to integrate aims to provide skills to develop.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
296. de Jongh, A. (2010; June). Treatment of fears and phobias with EMDR: Assessment, conceptualization and effective treatment strategies. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Specific phobias are more prevalent than any other group of psychiatric disorders. Given that specific phobias and PTSD share a number of important features, and that a wide array of controlled studies support EMDR's effectiveness with treatment for unprocessed events and related conditions, EMDR has also been claimed to be an effective treatment for specific fears and phobias.
This workshop focuses on EMDR as a treatment approach for a wide variety of fears and phobias. Participants will learn how: 1) to assess clients with patterns of fearful avoidance, 2) to rapidly conceptualize cases in terms of EMDR, 3) to adequately identify core targets and cognitions, 4) to use creative adaptations of the EMDR protocol for difficult clients, and 5) to integrate EMDR interventions into a general treatment approach. Many of these approaches will be illustrated by segments of video taped treatment sessions.
Keywords: Fear Phobias Treatment Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
297. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2007). Treatment of specific phobias with EMDR: Conceptualization and strategies for the selection of appropriate memories. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 46-56. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.46.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been shown to be a structured, noninvasive, time-limited, and evidence-based treatment for unprocessed memories and related conditions. This paper focuses on EMDR as a treatment for specific fears and phobias. For this purpose, the application of EMDR is conceptualized as the selection and the subsequent processing of a series of strategically important memories of earlier negative learning experiences concerning specific objects or situations. Firstly, the practical application and conceptualization of the treatment of phobias with EMDR is presented and compared with an exposure-based treatment approach. Next, specific attention is given to the assessment and selection of appropriate memories for processing. It is hypothesized that phobias with a nontraumatic background, or those in later stages of treatment after some reduction in anxiety has been achieved, would profit more from the application of a gradual in vivo exposure, whereas trauma-based specific phobias and those with high initial levels of anxiety would respond most favorably to EMDR. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy In Vivo Exposure Phobia Psychotherapeutic Processes Specific Phobia Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. Bar-Sade, S. (2008, June). Under the shadow - Fostering children’s resilience and coping strategies in an ongoing crisis situation. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The consistent findings on the adverse psychological effects of war and terror on
children have led to a recognized need for suitable early intervention in the immediate,
midterm and post term, of mass crisis situation. This presentation will try to overview
the clinical and empirically supported interventions operating in the last two years in
Israel, with children and families living in a constant threat of bombardment and
shelling of populated areas on both sides. This presentation will focus on the war related
stress reactions of young Israeli children exposed to these experiences and
present some creative interventions done to foster resilience and coping, as well as the
treatment of PTSD reactions.
It was estimated that during this war, 4,000 Katyusha rockets and missiles hit the
northern parts of Israel. More then 1 million people were at the danger zone for a
potential direct hit. More then 500,000 Israelis relocated during the war to live in safer
areas out of the range of the rockets. The children in the war zones experienced
sounds of sirens' explosions and sound of artillery. They spent considerable time in
bomb shelters and were exposed to sights (directly or through the media of damaged
houses and casualties). This situation continues now in the southern part of the
country along the Gaza Strip were children on both sides live under the daily reality of
bombardment, casualties and death.
Many programs and individual treatments were and are still operating as the
professionals are trying to meet the needs of communities and individuals under this
chronic ongoing stress situation. A community project is operating in the southern part
of the country, where mothers and toddlers as well as the staff members of the
kindergartens, are being supported by dyadic trauma focused play therapy and
enrolled in stress managements programs. Findings on the interrelation between the
degree of the parent's PTSD on the child's aversive symptomology,and the follow up of
dyadic treatment data, will be presented.
Another program the "Huggy Puppy", exemplifies the implementation of a
developmental appropriate intervention with children in the midst of the crisis, and
the effects of building a sense of self efficacy and relatedness. This will be illustrated in
the study done by Prof. Avi Sadhe from Tel Aviv University on the effects of the "Huggy
Puppy".
The use of the modified EMDR Group Protocol for children during the war and the
efficacy of the EMDR individual treatment in the post war situation as compared to
CBT and SE FAR will be examined in the research done by Dr. Moshe Farchi of the Tel
Chai College.
These diverse interventions and treatments represent the wide range of theoretical
and practical thinking which are necessary in order to create a comprehensive holistic
model which will serve as a guideline for interventions with children in crisis.
Keywords: Children Crisis Keynote Resilience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Snyker, E. (2000, September). Understanding and controlling post EMDR individual session negative responses. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to identify the range of reactions post an individual EMDR session, as well as predict how long (hours, days) the reaction may last; 2) be able to identify the emergence of negative reactions to an individual session; 3) have a basic understanding of the mechanism of action underlying positive/negative reactions; and 4) be able to develop strategies for incomplete sessions for those clients who repeatedly have negative reactions and for whom traditonal closings (safe place, RI., relax) do not work.
Keywords: Incomplete Sessions Negative Reactions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. McFarlane, A. (2010, June). Understanding traumatic stress reactions - The linking of phenomenology, aetiology and treatment plan. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the most intriguing aspects of traumatic stress has been the repeated learning and forgetting of lessons about its importance as a cause of psychopathology. It remains the case that the broader body of psychiatry and psychology has an ambivalent relationship with the field of traumatic stress and the nature of posttraumatic stress disorder. The origins of this ambivalence and their impact will be discussed. It is important that practitioners in the field of traumatic stress be aware of these barriers and how to address them in a research setting and clinical practice.
The underlying phenomenology of posttraumatic stress disorder will be explored and its neurobiological origins will be highlighted. It is important to deconstruct posttraumatic stress disorder into the different symptom components, as they have substantially different mechanisms underpinning their intensity and presentation. Posttraumatic stress disorder is a dynamic condition in which symptoms fluctuate with time and are substantially influenced by the environmental demands placed upon the individual.
It is often forgotten that somatic symptoms are a core element of the experience of individuals with PTSD. The nature of these somatic dimensions of distress and their significance will be discussed.
The epidemiology of posttraumatic stress disorder highlights how the prevalence of these conditions is seemingly increasing. However, this reflects the developments in the measurement of the effects of trauma in research settings. This has major implications for clinicians as to how best take a history about exposures to traumatic events. The evidence is that systematic investigation is critical and that unless questions are asked, symptoms will frequently go unreported. Recent evidence suggests that PTSD may be in fact more common than major depressive disorders. Equally, it should not be forgotten that depression is an important dimension of posttraumatic reactions. There is also an associated comorbidity with substance abuse. The risks associated with trauma exposure have a long tale of effect and these will be described.
The challenges of treatment will be discussed in the context of early intervention and workplace intervention. Treatment needs to be a sequential process where there are a variety of strategies, including EMDR, which can be used in treatment. The sequence of these strategies in treatment is a challenging question that has not been systematically addressed in research.
It remains the case that one of the primary issues in treatment is early identification, and this raises questions about the importance of screening in at-risk populations. Again, there are significant differences in opinion; however, the militaries around the world are now regularly screening populations returning from deployment. A recent novel approach to considering the issues of treatment is whether a staging approach should be used for conditions such as PTSD.
In summary, it is critical that clinicians have an explicit model of the mind and its neurobiology. Posttraumatic stress disorder can best be understood as an information processing disorder, which both impacts upon an individual's ability to engage with their day to day environment as well as integrate past experiences as a source of information to influence current behaviour. The integration and modulation of neural systems that manage environmental input is critical to adaptive functioning. The ways that these systems become dysregulated in PTSD will be highlighted and how these underlying deficits can be addressed in treatment will be focused upon.
A further issue that needs to be considered in the treatment of PTSD is the long-term risk of individuals, who have developed this condition, to have relapses after a successful intervention. Some long-term treatment outcome data will be presented.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Traumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. Nickerson, M. (2011, August). Undoing stigma: EMDR applications for the dismantling of culturally-based internalized oppression and prejudice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will depict the nature of internalized oppression and social prejudice as they relate to client difficulties and treatment objectives. Research supported information and theory from the fields of social psychology and social work will be integrated within the AIP model to predict the profound potential EMDR offers for addressing culturally based trauma. Research supported strategies to dismantle internalized oppression and social prejudice will be taught including a more culturally aware psycho-social assessment and case formulation, resource development, target selection and special protocols. Practical strategies will be described with case examples including clinical videos to illuminate points.
Keywords: Cultural-Based Trauma Internalized Oppression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Seubert, A. (2010, September/October). The unforgiven: EMDR, ego state therapy, attachment repair and forgiveness in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore the presence of dissociation in clients with eating disorders, particularly anorexia nervosa. The approach employs an EMDR phase model, expanding the evaluation and preparation phases. Preparation presents a 4-step method of teaching emotional competence, attachment repair strategies, as well as the use of ego state therapy. Processing requires the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize after EMDR application to touchstone events. Self-forgiveness emerges as internal “parts” develop mutual compassion and support. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning.
Keywords: Attachment Repair Eating Disorders Ego State Therapy Forgiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. Pessina, C (2007, June). The use and adaptation of EMDR technique with sexually abused children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Thanks to a European Equal project the sexually abused children who came to our Center for therapy have been treated with EMDR. We will illustrate, through the use of clinical examples, the main therapeutic issues, the difficulties and strategies in order to exceed them. In particular, we will address the following topics: the use of "menus,” the use of positive installations, how to identify targets, how to exceed the use of psychological defenses, mainly dissociative, etc. We will then highlight the advantages of using EMDR with those children.
Keywords: Children Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. St. Andre, É. (2010, April/May). Use of EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder: a case study. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) is a chronic anxiety disorder with recurrent obsessions, like persistent thoughts, mental images, impulses, and compulsions such as repetitive behaviours or mental acts, that are performed after obsessions. This workshop will provide clinical information on the presenter's use of EMDR with a patient with OCD, as well as some examples provided by other clinicians who have worked with patients with OCD. In addition, general information on OCD (e.g., epidemiology, neurobiology) will be discussed. The presenter will highlight what is unique about the use of EMDR with OCD, difficulties she met in using EMDR with an OCD patient, and adaptations she used to improve treatment. She will describe how to use the standard 8 step approach (past, present, future), how to identify targets, managing OCD symptoms and barriers in his day-to-day life. The presenter will look at how to manage challenges that arise for the clinician with this population. Participants will have an opportunity to apply the strategies with a case example exercise. (All Levels)
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Laliotis, D. (2008, June). Using EMDR as a contemporary psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic
experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which
is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected
to major trauma but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help
clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are
not so obvious but nonetheless a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be
presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and
how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will
learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to
facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and
lasting change.
Keywords: Contemporary Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. Donovan, L. (2005, September). Using EMDR in processing grief with children and families. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Grief wears different faces and proceeds in varying paces for the different members
of a family that share a loss. Participants will be able to: 1 ) define relevant issues
and strategies for using EMDR with grieving children and their families; 2)
identify targets and necessary resources for different stages of grief and ages and
roles of family members; and 3) name criteria to guide the structure, sequence
and pacing of EMDR for processing grief within the family system. Theory-based ideas will be storied in case illustrations. Participants will be asked to actively apply each learning objective to a case of their own throughout the workshop.
Keywords: Children Families Grief
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Bravman, N. (2005, September). Using EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eating disorders, which are frequently associated with Core Attachment
Difficulties, present particular challenges to the EMDR clinician, since clients
with eating disorders want to disconnect from precisely the affects that EMDR
is designed to access. This workshop presents an EMDR model for safe and
effective use of EMDR with eating disordered clients. Participants will learn: (1)
Techniques to enhance affect tolerance and stabilization; (2) Strategies for target
selection and protocol variations; (3) Strategies for enhancing optimal EMDR reprocessing.
Keywords: Core Attachment Difficulties Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Gelinas, D. (2009, August). Using EMDR to treat complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide a framework for treating complex PTSD (CPTSD) using EMDR. It will review core elements of PTSD, the three added features characteristic of CPTSD, then demonstrate EMDR case conceptualization and targeting strategies for both adult- and childhood-onset chronic traumatization. The workshop will review new material in the theory of structural dissociation, describe how to recognize when dissociation (including ego-states) is interfering, disrupting, or even precluding EMDR in its different phases, and will provide a number of interventions to manage such dissociation, including working with dissociative ego-states, so that the EMDR can proceed productively.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Britt, V., Bender, S. S., & Diepold, J. (2009, August). Using energy psychology to address inability to maintain dual attention focus in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The AIP model requires a dual focus with patient’s attention on the traumatic memory concomitant with an awareness of the present moment. Despite an intensive EMDR preparation phase, some patients lack the resources to tolerate the desensitization phase and are unable to achieve or maintain dual attention during the bilateral stimulation. In this workshop, we will teach techniques from the emerging field of energy psychology, such as polarity corrections and touch and breathe, which provide additional tools for the EMDR process and expand therapists’ strategies for assisting patients who are dissociative, fearful, abreactive or have limited self-regulatory skills.
Keywords: Energy Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Dworkin, M. (2008, June). Using the therapeutic relationship in EMDR with patients with complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Now that the therapeutic relationship is firmly part of EMDR, it is time to show its uses with difficult populations.
Skilful emphasis on empathic attunement beginning in the history taking phase with emphasis on using the
Procedural Steps Outline diagnostically, and Light stream as an affect management tool, starting in the first
session will be shown to be of use specifically with this population. This population needs special attention
regarding alterations in affect regulation, self perception, consciousness and attention, somatisation, trust, and
identity. In the preparation phase participants will learn various relational strategies to accomplish these tasks.
They will also learn to use the relationship as an additional resource for containment with appropriate
boundaries. Relational concepts such as “Implicit Relational Knowing”, “Moments of Meeting”, and “Dyadic
Expansion of Consciousness” will be taught to expand methods of stabilization for preparation, and for active
trauma work. Modifications of active trauma work using active resourcing; titrating or dosing; treating
transference and counter transference phenomenon will all be demonstrated to enhance EMDR work with
complex PTSD and Dissociation. Dworkin's Trauma Case Conceptualization Questionnaire and his Clinician Self
Awareness Questionnaire will be taught and used to
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Therapeutic Relationship
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. Abbate, V. (2010, Junio). Uso de estrategias de atención plena en fase 2: Preparación [Using mindfulness strategies in Phase 2: Preparation] . Presentación en el XI Congreso Internacional de Estrés Traumático y Trastornos de Ansiedad, Buenos Aires, Argentina .
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Keywords: Mindfulness Phase Two Preparation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Laliotis, D. (2008, Mai). Utiliser l’EMDR comme psychothérapie contemporaine [Using EMDR as a contemporary psychotherapy]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il y a 20 ans l’EMDR débutait en tant que technique pour aider les clients à retraiter des expériences traumatiques. Depuis, l’EMDR s’est développé et constitue une approche thérapeutique complexe utilisée pour traiter des enjeux d’estime personnelle, de difficultés relationnelles ou de performances qui ne sont pas
toujours reliées à des traumatismes majeurs, mais plutôt à des réseaux d’expériences non-intégrées. Le but de cet atelier est d’aider les cliniciens à développer une vision quant à la façon d’appliquer l’EMDR à ces situations où les « traumas » ne sont pas aussi évidents, mais où les expériences du passé ont encore des impacts importants sur les difficultés actuelles du client. Des présentations cliniques sur bande vidéo, permettront d’illustrer l’évolution du traitement EMDR et la manière adéquate de traiter la nature insidieuse de ces expériences de l’enfance. Les participants apprendront à conceptualiser le traitement, à appliquer les tissages cognitifs de façon à faciliter le processus de retraitement, et comment développer des projections futures qui supporteront la croissance personnelle et des changements durables.
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma
but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious but nonetheless a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature
of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Cybela, D. & Karger, B. (2008, Mai). Utiliser l’EMDR pour l’amélioration de la performance et développement du leadership dans des organismes gouvernementaux [Using EMDR in Performance Enhancement for Leadership Development in a government organization]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ce programme d’amélioration de la performance utilisant l’EMDR peut être un outil efficace de développement du leadership. La problématique de gestion du stress relié à la gestion a été identifiée comme obstacle au leadership efficace. Ce programme innovateur de développement du leadership a démontré des résultats
positifs sur l’amélioration de la confiance en soi, l’optimisme, les habiletés sociales et la réduction du stress dans le milieu de travail. En combinant un instrument de mesure des stratégies de gestion du stress et EMDR, ce programme identifie les croyances négatives et positives spécifiques à ces populations. Le programme
présenté inclut la description de la préparation, du protocole, de son application et du follow-up utilisés avec les gestionnaires et administrateurs au Marathon County.
A Performance Enhancement Program using EMDR can be an effective leadership development tool. The
issue of management-related stress was explored as a roadblock to effective leadership. APEX, LLC, in partnership with Marathon County (State of Wisconsin), has established an innovative program for leadership development which has demonstrated positive results in improving the participant's self-confidence, optimism,
and social skills in the work setting, along with reducing overall job stress. The Performance Enhancement Program incorporates EMDR and a non-clinical personality instrument to assess the individual's coping style for managing stress in the workplace. Specific strategies for identifying negative & positive cognitions unique to this population are noted for the EMDR protocol.
The program includes a description of the set-up, protocols, pilot program, implementation, and follow-up ("refresher course option") used with Marathon County managers and administrators.
Keywords: Leadership Development Management Stress Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Foster, S. (1998, July). Utilizing EMDR to reduce the fear of public speaking. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand Beck's formulation of evaluation anxieties in general and speech anxiety in particular; 2) learn the research-based cognitive-behavioral (CB) strategies helpful in reducing speech anxiety; 3) and learn a modified EMDR process phobia protocol that enhances the efficacy of the CB approach to treating speech anxiety.
Keywords: Beck Process Phobia Protocol Protocol Public Speaking Speech Anxiety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Aftergood, D. (2005, February). The value of EMDR. Clinical Psychiatry News, 33(2), 8.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Value of EMDR It is always a pleasure to read about Dr. Robert T. London's approach to psychiatry, which combines not only medication and psychotherapy, but also philosophy and a broad array of psychotherapeutic techniques (“Strategies for Treating PTSD,” The Psychiatrist's Toolbox, December 2004, p. 20). [Elsevier]
Keywords: Letter
Accuracy Verified: Yes
316. Ranck, C. (2006, September). What the bleep do we know?: Examining EMDR with quantum/holographic theory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Quantum theory is the "science of possibility."
The 2004 documentary film, "What the Bleep.. . "
presents quantum/holographic concepts that
challenge assumptions about the nature of reality
and the healing process. In this discussion-based
and experiential workshop, we will examine
EMDR with two of these principles: 1) Belief
creates reality. A subatomic particle (a tiny piece of matter) always behaves like a wave, spread out
all over space, until it is looked at. It only
manifests as a particle when it is being observed. Thus, human consciousness plays a central role in quantum theory. That is, we create our own reality. 2) The part contains the whole. This holographic concept is best illustrated by the cloning of a sheep from a single DNA cell. In profound trauma, painful experiences of powerlessness are reduced into more manageable holographic fragments (such as a physical symptom, a distinctive odor, etc.) which contain the whole event. Triggering these unresolved holographic encodings floods the nervous system
with the whole traumatic memory. EMDR
facilitates resolution of these holograms. The brain may use holograms for memory storage and
retrieval, and EMDR appears to amplify this
process. Quantum concepts will be explored to
illuminate aspects of EMDR in new and creative
ways. Participants will leam dynamic strategies
to enrich EMDR treatment by incorporating
quantudholographic principles.
Keywords: Holographic Theory Quantum Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
317. Ranck, C. (2005, September). What the bleep to we know?: Examining EMDR with quantum/holographic theory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Quantum theory is the "science of possibility."
The 2004 documentary film, "What the Bleep.. . "
presents quantum/holographic concepts that
challenge assumptions about the nature of reality
and the healing process. In this discussion-based
and experiential workshop, we will examine
EMDR with two of these principles: 1) Belief
creates reality. A subatomic particle (a tiny piece of matter) always behaves like a wave, spread out all over space, until it is looked at. It only manifests as a particle when it is being observed. Thus, human consciousness plays a central role in quantum theory. That is, we create our own reality. 2) The part contains the whole. This holographic concept is best illustrated by the
cloning of a sheep from a single DNA cell. In
profound trauma, painful experiences of
powerlessness are reduced into more manageable
holographic fragments (such as a physical
symptom, a distinctive odor, etc.) which contain
the whole event. Triggering these unresolved
holographic encodings floods the nervous system
with the whole traumatic memory. EMDR
facilitates resolution of these holograms. The brain may use holograms for memory storage and
retrieval, and EMDR appears to amplify this
process. Quantum concepts will be explored to
illuminate aspects of EMDR in new and creative
ways. Participants will leam dynamic strategies
to enrich EMDR treatment by incorporating
quantum/holographic principles.
Keywords: Quantum Theory Holographic Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
318. Meusers, M. (2005, June). Work with a pupil collective involved in a traffic accident with the help of EMDR. In EMDR and children. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
On Tuesday. November llth 2004 in Gevelsberg, Germany a traffic
accident happened with a truck and a school bus. A number of children
were slightly injured. 17 pupils of a basic school were involved. A part of
them were in need of acute ambulatory medical care in a hospital. In
addition were some siblings, attending higher schools likewise casualties of
the accident. At request of the "Opferschutzbeauftragten" and the school
the Psychiatry for children and youngsters, Herdecke, Germany as hospital
in responsibility at Monday, November 29th were asked to treat this incident
with this 17 pupils of the school. Three co-worker8 of the Kinder- und
Jugendpsychiatrie Herdecke, a policeman, the "Opferschutzbeauftragte"
[commissioner for victim protection], a person from the bus company, the
principal of the school and the 17 pupils were present. The methods were
presented, involving EMDR in the collective. Installation of a safe location.
Treatment of the actual accident event in the group as well as strategies for
stabilisation of the pupils was represented in detail. Especially the persons
present were entered into the legal, organisational and practical topics of
the problem. Later a re-inquiry took place in the families, the result will be
also presented at congress.
On the occasion of this event a concept of proceeding in acute trauma
was developed together with the "Opfenchutzbeauftrogten" of our region
of providing. This will be presented as well, if finished until then, at congress.
Keywords: Children Symposium Traffic Accident
Accuracy Verified: Yes